EIC code displayed by LXR master/​include/​H5Ppublic.h	Source navigation Diff markup Identifier search General search
	Version: master test Revert   Change

File indexing completed on 2025-04-18 09:16:05

 /* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
  * Copyright by The HDF Group.                                               *
  * All rights reserved.                                                      *
  *                                                                           *
  * This file is part of HDF5.  The full HDF5 copyright notice, including     *
  * terms governing use, modification, and redistribution, is contained in    *
  * the COPYING file, which can be found at the root of the source code       *
  * distribution tree, or in https://www.hdfgroup.org/licenses.               *
  * If you do not have access to either file, you may request a copy from     *
  * help@hdfgroup.org.                                                        *
  * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
 
 /*
  * This file contains function prototypes for each exported function in the
  * H5P module.
  */
 #ifndef H5Ppublic_H
 #define H5Ppublic_H
 
 #include "H5public.h"   /* Generic Functions                        */
 #include "H5ACpublic.h" /* Metadata Cache                           */
 #include "H5Dpublic.h"  /* Datasets                                 */
 #include "H5Fpublic.h"  /* Files                                    */
 #include "H5FDpublic.h" /* (Virtual) File Drivers                   */
 #include "H5Ipublic.h"  /* Identifiers                              */
 #include "H5Lpublic.h"  /* Links                                    */
 #include "H5MMpublic.h" /* Memory Management                        */
 #include "H5Opublic.h"  /* Object Headers                           */
 #include "H5Spublic.h"  /* Dataspaces                               */
 #include "H5Tpublic.h"  /* Datatypes                                */
 #include "H5Zpublic.h"  /* Data Filters                             */
 
 /*****************/
 /* Public Macros */
 /*****************/
 
 /* When this header is included from a private HDF5 header, don't make calls to H5open() */
 #undef H5OPEN
 #ifndef H5private_H
 #define H5OPEN H5open(),
 #else /* H5private_H */
 #define H5OPEN
 #endif /* H5private_H */
 
 /*
  * The library's property list classes
  */
 
 /**
  * Property list class root, is not user-accessible
  */
 #define H5P_ROOT (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_ROOT_ID_g)
 /**
  * Object creation property list class, is not user-accessible
  */
 #define H5P_OBJECT_CREATE (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_OBJECT_CREATE_ID_g)
 /**
  * File creation property list class
  */
 #define H5P_FILE_CREATE (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_FILE_CREATE_ID_g)
 /**
  * File access property list class
  */
 #define H5P_FILE_ACCESS (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_FILE_ACCESS_ID_g)
 /**
  * Dataset creation property list class
  */
 #define H5P_DATASET_CREATE (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_DATASET_CREATE_ID_g)
 /**
  * Dataset access property list class
  */
 #define H5P_DATASET_ACCESS (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_DATASET_ACCESS_ID_g)
 /**
  * Dataset transfer property list class
  */
 #define H5P_DATASET_XFER (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_DATASET_XFER_ID_g)
 /**
  * File mount property list class
  */
 #define H5P_FILE_MOUNT (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_FILE_MOUNT_ID_g)
 /**
  * Group creation property list class
  */
 #define H5P_GROUP_CREATE (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_GROUP_CREATE_ID_g)
 /**
  * Group access property list class
  */
 #define H5P_GROUP_ACCESS (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_GROUP_ACCESS_ID_g)
 /**
  * Datatype creation property list class
  */
 #define H5P_DATATYPE_CREATE (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_DATATYPE_CREATE_ID_g)
 /**
  * Datatype access property list class
  */
 #define H5P_DATATYPE_ACCESS (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_DATATYPE_ACCESS_ID_g)
 /**
  * Map creation property list class
  */
 #define H5P_MAP_CREATE (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_MAP_CREATE_ID_g)
 /**
  * Map access property list class
  */
 #define H5P_MAP_ACCESS (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_MAP_ACCESS_ID_g)
 /**
  * String creation property list class, is not user-accessible
  */
 #define H5P_STRING_CREATE (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_STRING_CREATE_ID_g)
 /**
  * Attribute creation property list class
  */
 #define H5P_ATTRIBUTE_CREATE (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_ATTRIBUTE_CREATE_ID_g)
 /**
  * Attribute access property list class
  */
 #define H5P_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_ID_g)
 /**
  * Object copy property list class
  */
 #define H5P_OBJECT_COPY (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_OBJECT_COPY_ID_g)
 /**
  * Link creation property list class
  */
 #define H5P_LINK_CREATE (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_LINK_CREATE_ID_g)
 /**
  * Link access property list class
  */
 #define H5P_LINK_ACCESS (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_LINK_ACCESS_ID_g)
 /**
  * VOL initialization property list class
  */
 #define H5P_VOL_INITIALIZE (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_VOL_INITIALIZE_ID_g)
 /**
  * Reference access property list class
  */
 #define H5P_REFERENCE_ACCESS (H5OPEN H5P_CLS_REFERENCE_ACCESS_ID_g)
 
 /*
  * The library's default property lists
  */
 /**
  * File creation default property list
  */
 #define H5P_FILE_CREATE_DEFAULT (H5OPEN H5P_LST_FILE_CREATE_ID_g)
 /**
  * File access default property list
  */
 #define H5P_FILE_ACCESS_DEFAULT (H5OPEN H5P_LST_FILE_ACCESS_ID_g)
 /**
  * Dataset creation default property list
  */
 #define H5P_DATASET_CREATE_DEFAULT (H5OPEN H5P_LST_DATASET_CREATE_ID_g)
 /**
  * Dataset access default property list
  */
 #define H5P_DATASET_ACCESS_DEFAULT (H5OPEN H5P_LST_DATASET_ACCESS_ID_g)
 /**
  * Dataset transfer default property list
  */
 #define H5P_DATASET_XFER_DEFAULT (H5OPEN H5P_LST_DATASET_XFER_ID_g)
 /**
  * File mount default property list
  */
 #define H5P_FILE_MOUNT_DEFAULT (H5OPEN H5P_LST_FILE_MOUNT_ID_g)
 /**
  * Group creation default property list
  */
 #define H5P_GROUP_CREATE_DEFAULT (H5OPEN H5P_LST_GROUP_CREATE_ID_g)
 /**
  * Group access default property list
  */
 #define H5P_GROUP_ACCESS_DEFAULT (H5OPEN H5P_LST_GROUP_ACCESS_ID_g)
 /**
  * Datytype creation default property list
  */
 #define H5P_DATATYPE_CREATE_DEFAULT (H5OPEN H5P_LST_DATATYPE_CREATE_ID_g)
 /**
  * Datytype access default property list
  */
 #define H5P_DATATYPE_ACCESS_DEFAULT (H5OPEN H5P_LST_DATATYPE_ACCESS_ID_g)
 /**
  * Map creation default property list
  */
 #define H5P_MAP_CREATE_DEFAULT (H5OPEN H5P_LST_MAP_CREATE_ID_g)
 /**
  * Map access default property list
  */
 #define H5P_MAP_ACCESS_DEFAULT (H5OPEN H5P_LST_MAP_ACCESS_ID_g)
 /**
  * Attribute creation default property list
  */
 #define H5P_ATTRIBUTE_CREATE_DEFAULT (H5OPEN H5P_LST_ATTRIBUTE_CREATE_ID_g)
 /**
  * Attribute access default property list
  */
 #define H5P_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_DEFAULT (H5OPEN H5P_LST_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_ID_g)
 /**
  * Object copy default property list
  */
 #define H5P_OBJECT_COPY_DEFAULT (H5OPEN H5P_LST_OBJECT_COPY_ID_g)
 /**
  * Link creation default property list
  */
 #define H5P_LINK_CREATE_DEFAULT (H5OPEN H5P_LST_LINK_CREATE_ID_g)
 /**
  * Link access default property list
  */
 #define H5P_LINK_ACCESS_DEFAULT (H5OPEN H5P_LST_LINK_ACCESS_ID_g)
 /**
  * VOL initialization default property list
  */
 #define H5P_VOL_INITIALIZE_DEFAULT (H5OPEN H5P_LST_VOL_INITIALIZE_ID_g)
 /**
  * Reference access default property list
  */
 #define H5P_REFERENCE_ACCESS_DEFAULT (H5OPEN H5P_LST_REFERENCE_ACCESS_ID_g)
 /**
  * Attribute creation order is tracked but not necessarily indexed
  */
 #define H5P_CRT_ORDER_TRACKED 0x0001
 /**
  * Attribute creation order is indexed (requires #H5P_CRT_ORDER_TRACKED)
  */
 #define H5P_CRT_ORDER_INDEXED 0x0002
 /**
  * Default value of type \ref hid_t for all property list classes
  */
 #define H5P_DEFAULT 0 /* (hid_t) */
 
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 extern "C" {
 #endif
 
 /*******************/
 /* Public Typedefs */
 /*******************/
 
 /* Define property list class callback function pointer types */
 //! <!-- [H5P_cls_create_func_t_snip] -->
 /**
  * \brief Callback function for H5Pcreate_class()
  *
  * \param[in] prop_id     The identifier of the property list class being created
  * \param[in] create_data User pointer to any class creation data required
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details This function is called when a new property list of the class
  *          with which this function was registered is being created.  The
  *          function is called after any registered parent create function is
  *          called for each property value.
  *
  *          If the create function returns a negative value, the new list is not
  *          returned to the user and the property list creation routine returns
  *          an error value.
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  *
  */
 typedef herr_t (*H5P_cls_create_func_t)(hid_t prop_id, void *create_data);
 //! <!-- [H5P_cls_create_func_t_snip] -->
 
 //! <!-- [H5P_cls_copy_func_t_snip] -->
 /**
  * \brief Callback function for H5Pcreate_class()
  *
  * \param[in] new_prop_id The identifier of the property list copy
  * \param[in] old_prop_id The identifier of the property list being copied
  * \param[in] copy_data User pointer to any copy data required
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details This function is called when an existing property list of this
  *          class is copied. The copy callback function is called after any
  *          registered parent copy callback function is called for each property
  *          value.
  *
  *          If the copy routine returns a negative value, the new list is not
  *          returned to the user and the property list copy function returns an
  *          error value.
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  *
  */
 typedef herr_t (*H5P_cls_copy_func_t)(hid_t new_prop_id, hid_t old_prop_id, void *copy_data);
 //! <!-- [H5P_cls_copy_func_t_snip] -->
 
 //! <!-- [H5P_cls_close_func_t_snip] -->
 /**
  * \brief Callback function for H5Pcreate_class()
  *
  * \param[in] prop_id    The identifier of the property list class being closed
  * \param[in] close_data User pointer to any close data required
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details This function is called when a property list of the class
  *          with which this function was registered is being closed.  The
  *          function is called after any registered parent close function is
  *          called for each property value.
  *
  *          If the close function returns a negative value, the new list is not
  *          returned to the user and the property list close routine returns
  *          an error value.
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  *
  */
 typedef herr_t (*H5P_cls_close_func_t)(hid_t prop_id, void *close_data);
 //! <!-- [H5P_cls_close_func_t_snip] -->
 
 /* Define property list callback function pointer types */
 //! <!-- [H5P_prp_cb1_t_snip] -->
 /**
  * \brief Callback function for H5Pregister2(),H5Pregister1(),H5Pinsert2(),H5Pinsert1()
  *
  * \param[in]     name  The name of the property
  * \param[in]     size  The size of the property in bytes
  * \param[in,out] value The value for the property
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details The H5P_prp_cb1_t() function describes the parameters used by the
  *          property create, copy and close callback functions.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 typedef herr_t (*H5P_prp_cb1_t)(const char *name, size_t size, void *value);
 //! <!-- [H5P_prp_cb1_t_snip] -->
 
 //! <!-- [H5P_prp_cb2_t_snip] -->
 /**
  * \brief Callback function for H5Pregister2(),H5Pregister1(),H5Pinsert2(),H5Pinsert1()
  *
  * \plist_id{prop_id}
  * \param[in]     name  The name of the property
  * \param[in]     size  The size of the property in bytes
  * \param[in]     value The value for the property
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details The H5P_prp_cb2_t() function describes the parameters used by the
  *          property set, copy and delete callback functions.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 typedef herr_t (*H5P_prp_cb2_t)(hid_t prop_id, const char *name, size_t size, void *value);
 //! <!-- [H5P_prp_cb2_t_snip] -->
 
 typedef H5P_prp_cb1_t H5P_prp_create_func_t;
 typedef H5P_prp_cb2_t H5P_prp_set_func_t;
 typedef H5P_prp_cb2_t H5P_prp_get_func_t;
 //! <!-- [H5P_prp_encode_func_t_snip] -->
 /**
  * \brief Callback function for encoding property values
  *
  * \param[in]  value The property value to be encoded
  * \param[out] buf   Pointer to encoding buffer pointer
  * \param[out] size  The size of \p buf
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \note There is currently no public API which exposes a callback of this type.
  *
  */
 typedef herr_t (*H5P_prp_encode_func_t)(const void *value, void **buf, size_t *size);
 //! <!-- [H5P_prp_encode_func_t_snip] -->
 //! <!-- [H5P_prp_decode_func_t_snip] -->
 /**
  * \brief Callback function for decoding property values
  *
  * \param[in]  buf   A buffer containing an encoded property value
  * \param[out] value The decoded property value
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \note There is currently no public API which exposes a callback of this type.
  *
  */
 typedef herr_t (*H5P_prp_decode_func_t)(const void **buf, void *value);
 //! <!-- [H5P_prp_decode_func_t_snip] -->
 typedef H5P_prp_cb2_t H5P_prp_delete_func_t;
 typedef H5P_prp_cb1_t H5P_prp_copy_func_t;
 
 //! <!-- [H5P_prp_compare_func_t_snip] -->
 /**
  * \brief Callback function for comparing property values
  *
  * \param[in] value1 A property value
  * \param[in] value2 A property value
  * \param[in] size   The size of the \p value1 and \p value2 buffers
  * \return Returns a positive value if \c value1 is greater than \c value2, a
  *         negative value if \c value2 is greater than \c value1 and zero if
  *         \c value1 and \c value2 are equal.
  *
  * \see H5Pregister(), H5Pinsert()
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 typedef int (*H5P_prp_compare_func_t)(const void *value1, const void *value2, size_t size);
 //! <!-- [H5P_prp_compare_func_t_snip] -->
 
 typedef H5P_prp_cb1_t H5P_prp_close_func_t;
 
 /* Define property list iteration function type */
 //! <!-- [H5P_iterate_t_snip] -->
 /**
  * \brief Callback function for H5Piterate()
  *
  * \param[in]     id        The identifier of a property list or property list class
  * \param[in]     name      The name of the current property
  * \param[in,out] iter_data The user context passed to H5Piterate()
  * \return \herr_t_iter
  *
  * \details This function is called for each property encountered when
  *          iterating over a property list or property list class
  *          via H5Piterate().
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  *
  */
 typedef herr_t (*H5P_iterate_t)(hid_t id, const char *name, void *iter_data);
 //! <!-- [H5P_iterate_t_snip] -->
 
 //! <!--[H5D_mpio_actual_chunk_opt_mode_t_snip] -->
 /**
  * Actual IO mode property
  *
  * \details The default value, #H5D_MPIO_NO_CHUNK_OPTIMIZATION, is used for all
  *          I/O operations that do not use chunk optimizations, including
  *          non-collective I/O and contiguous collective I/O.
  */
 typedef enum H5D_mpio_actual_chunk_opt_mode_t {
     H5D_MPIO_NO_CHUNK_OPTIMIZATION = 0,
     /**< No chunk optimization was performed. Either no collective I/O was
         attempted or the dataset wasn't chunked. */
     H5D_MPIO_LINK_CHUNK,
     /**< Collective I/O is performed on all chunks simultaneously. */
     H5D_MPIO_MULTI_CHUNK
     /**< Each chunk was individually assigned collective or independent I/O based
          on what fraction of processes access the chunk. If the fraction is greater
          than the multi chunk ratio threshold, collective I/O is performed on that
          chunk. The multi chunk ratio threshold can be set using
          H5Pset_dxpl_mpio_chunk_opt_ratio(). The default value is 60%. */
 } H5D_mpio_actual_chunk_opt_mode_t;
 //! <!--[H5D_mpio_actual_chunk_opt_mode_t_snip] -->
 
 //! <!-- [H5D_mpio_actual_io_mode_t_snip] -->
 /**
  * The following values are conveniently defined as a bit field so that
  * we can switch from the default to independent or collective and then to
  * mixed without having to check the original value.
  */
 typedef enum H5D_mpio_actual_io_mode_t {
     H5D_MPIO_NO_COLLECTIVE = 0x0,
     /**< No collective I/O was performed. Collective I/O was not requested or
          collective I/O isn't possible on this dataset */
     H5D_MPIO_CHUNK_INDEPENDENT = 0x1,
     /**< HDF5 performed one the chunk collective optimization schemes and each
          chunk was accessed independently */
     H5D_MPIO_CHUNK_COLLECTIVE = 0x2,
     /**< HDF5 performed one the chunk collective optimization schemes and each
          chunk was accessed collectively */
     H5D_MPIO_CHUNK_MIXED = 0x1 | 0x2,
     /**< HDF5 performed one the chunk collective optimization schemes and some
          chunks were accessed independently, some collectively. */
     H5D_MPIO_CONTIGUOUS_COLLECTIVE = 0x4
     /**< Collective I/O was performed on a contiguous dataset */
 } H5D_mpio_actual_io_mode_t;
 //! <!-- [H5D_mpio_actual_io_mode_t_snip] -->
 
 //! <!-- [H5D_mpio_no_collective_cause_t_snip] -->
 /**
  * Broken collective IO property
  */
 typedef enum H5D_mpio_no_collective_cause_t {
     H5D_MPIO_COLLECTIVE = 0x00,
     /**< Collective I/O was performed successfully */
     H5D_MPIO_SET_INDEPENDENT = 0x01,
     /**< Collective I/O was not performed because independent I/O was requested */
     H5D_MPIO_DATATYPE_CONVERSION = 0x02,
     /**< Collective I/O was not performed because datatype conversions were required and selection I/O was not
        possible (see below) */
     H5D_MPIO_DATA_TRANSFORMS = 0x04,
     /**< Collective I/O was not performed because data transforms needed to be applied */
     H5D_MPIO_MPI_OPT_TYPES_ENV_VAR_DISABLED = 0x08,
     /**< Collective I/O was disabled by environment variable (\TText{HDF5_MPI_OPT_TYPES}) */
     H5D_MPIO_NOT_SIMPLE_OR_SCALAR_DATASPACES = 0x10,
     /**< Collective I/O was not performed because one of the dataspaces was neither simple nor scalar */
     H5D_MPIO_NOT_CONTIGUOUS_OR_CHUNKED_DATASET = 0x20,
     /**< Collective I/O was not performed because the dataset was neither contiguous nor chunked */
     H5D_MPIO_PARALLEL_FILTERED_WRITES_DISABLED = 0x40,
     /**< Collective I/O was not performed because parallel filtered writes are disabled */
     H5D_MPIO_ERROR_WHILE_CHECKING_COLLECTIVE_POSSIBLE = 0x80,
     /**< Error */
     H5D_MPIO_NO_SELECTION_IO = 0x100,
     /**< Collective I/O would be supported by selection or vector I/O but that feature was disabled
        (see causes via H5Pget_no_selection_io_cause()) */
     H5D_MPIO_NO_COLLECTIVE_MAX_CAUSE = 0x200
     /**< Sentinel */
 } H5D_mpio_no_collective_cause_t;
 //! <!-- [H5D_mpio_no_collective_cause_t_snip] -->
 
 /**
  * Causes for H5Pget_no_selection_io_cause() property
  */
 #define H5D_SEL_IO_DISABLE_BY_API                                                                            \
     (0x0001u) /**< Selection I/O was not performed because                                                   \
                  the feature was disabled by the API */
 #define H5D_SEL_IO_NOT_CONTIGUOUS_OR_CHUNKED_DATASET                                                         \
     (0x0002u) /**< Selection I/O was not performed because the                                               \
                  dataset was neither contiguous nor chunked */
 #define H5D_SEL_IO_CONTIGUOUS_SIEVE_BUFFER                                                                   \
     (0x0004u) /**< Selection I/O was not performed because of                                                \
                  sieve buffer for contiguous dataset */
 #define H5D_SEL_IO_NO_VECTOR_OR_SELECTION_IO_CB                                                              \
     (0x0008u) /**< Selection I/O was not performed because the VFD                                           \
                  does not have vector or selection I/O callback */
 #define H5D_SEL_IO_PAGE_BUFFER                                                                               \
     (0x0010u) /**< Selection I/O was not performed because of                                                \
                  page buffer */
 #define H5D_SEL_IO_DATASET_FILTER                                                                            \
     (0x0020u) /**< Selection I/O was not performed because of                                                \
                  dataset filters */
 #define H5D_SEL_IO_CHUNK_CACHE                                                                               \
     (0x0040u) /**< Selection I/O was not performed because of                                                \
                  chunk cache */
 #define H5D_SEL_IO_TCONV_BUF_TOO_SMALL                                                                       \
     (0x0080u) /**< Selection I/O was not performed because the                                               \
                  type conversion buffer is too small */
 #define H5D_SEL_IO_BKG_BUF_TOO_SMALL                                                                         \
     (0x0100u) /**< Selection I/O was not performed because the                                               \
                  type conversion background buffer is too small */
 #define H5D_SEL_IO_DEFAULT_OFF                                                                               \
     (0x0200u) /**< Selection I/O was not performed because the                                               \
                    selection I/O mode is DEFAULT and the library                                             \
                    chose it to be off for this case */
 
 /* Causes for H5D_MPIO_NO_SELECTION_IO */
 #define H5D_MPIO_NO_SELECTION_IO_CAUSES                                                                      \
     (H5D_SEL_IO_DISABLE_BY_API | H5D_SEL_IO_TCONV_BUF_TOO_SMALL | H5D_SEL_IO_BKG_BUF_TOO_SMALL |             \
      H5D_SEL_IO_DATASET_FILTER | H5D_SEL_IO_CHUNK_CACHE)
 
 //! <!--[H5D_selection_io_mode_t_snip] -->
 /**
  * Selection I/O mode property
  *
  * \details The default value, #H5D_SELECTION_IO_MODE_DEFAULT,
  *          indicates selection I/O can be ON or OFF as
  *          determined by library internal.
  */
 typedef enum H5D_selection_io_mode_t {
     H5D_SELECTION_IO_MODE_DEFAULT = 0,
     /**< Default selection I/O mode. */
     H5D_SELECTION_IO_MODE_OFF,
     /**< Selection I/O is off. */
     H5D_SELECTION_IO_MODE_ON
     /**< Selection I/O is on. */
 } H5D_selection_io_mode_t;
 //! <!--[H5D_selection_io_mode_t_snip] -->
 
 /**
  * Causes for H5Pget_actual_selection_io_mode() property
  */
 #define H5D_SCALAR_IO    (0x0001u) /**< Scalar (or legacy MPIO) I/O was performed */
 #define H5D_VECTOR_IO    (0x0002u) /**< Vector I/O was performed */
 #define H5D_SELECTION_IO (0x0004u) /**< Selection I/O was performed */
 
 /********************/
 /* Public Variables */
 /********************/
 
 /* Property list class IDs */
 /* (Internal to library, do not use!  Use macros above) */
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_ROOT_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_OBJECT_CREATE_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_FILE_CREATE_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_FILE_ACCESS_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_DATASET_CREATE_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_DATASET_ACCESS_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_DATASET_XFER_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_FILE_MOUNT_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_GROUP_CREATE_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_GROUP_ACCESS_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_DATATYPE_CREATE_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_DATATYPE_ACCESS_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_MAP_CREATE_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_MAP_ACCESS_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_STRING_CREATE_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_ATTRIBUTE_CREATE_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_OBJECT_COPY_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_LINK_CREATE_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_LINK_ACCESS_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_VOL_INITIALIZE_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_CLS_REFERENCE_ACCESS_ID_g;
 
 /* Default property list IDs */
 /* (Internal to library, do not use!  Use macros above) */
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_LST_FILE_CREATE_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_LST_FILE_ACCESS_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_LST_DATASET_CREATE_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_LST_DATASET_ACCESS_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_LST_DATASET_XFER_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_LST_FILE_MOUNT_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_LST_GROUP_CREATE_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_LST_GROUP_ACCESS_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_LST_DATATYPE_CREATE_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_LST_DATATYPE_ACCESS_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_LST_MAP_CREATE_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_LST_MAP_ACCESS_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_LST_ATTRIBUTE_CREATE_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_LST_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_LST_OBJECT_COPY_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_LST_LINK_CREATE_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_LST_LINK_ACCESS_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_LST_VOL_INITIALIZE_ID_g;
 H5_DLLVAR hid_t H5P_LST_REFERENCE_ACCESS_ID_g;
 
 /*********************/
 /* Public Prototypes */
 /*********************/
 
 /* Generic property list routines */
 
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCR
  *
  * \brief Terminates access to a property list
  *
  * \plist_id
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pclose() terminates access to a property list. All property
  *          lists should be closed when the application is finished
  *          accessing them. This frees resources used by the property
  *          list.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pclose(hid_t plist_id);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCRA
  *
  * \brief Closes an existing property list class
  *
  * \plistcls_id{plist_id}
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pclose_class() removes a property list class from the library.
  *          Existing property lists of this class will continue to exist,
  *          but new ones are not able to be created.
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pclose_class(hid_t plist_id);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCR
  *
  * \brief Copies an existing property list to create a new property list
  *
  * \plist_id
  *
  * \return \hid_t{property list}
  *
  * \details H5Pcopy() copies an existing property list to create a new
  *          property list. The new property list has the same properties
  *          and values as the original property list.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL hid_t H5Pcopy(hid_t plist_id);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCRA
  *
  * \brief Copies a property from one list or class to another
  *
  * \param[in] dst_id Identifier of the destination property list or class
  * \param[in] src_id Identifier of the source property list or class
  * \param[in] name Name of the property to copy
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pcopy_prop() copies a property from one property list or
  *          class to another.
  *
  *          If a property is copied from one class to another, all the
  *          property information will be first deleted from the destination
  *          class and then the property information will be copied from the
  *          source class into the destination class.
  *
  *          If a property is copied from one list to another, the property
  *          will be first deleted from the destination list (generating a
  *          call to the close callback for the property, if one exists)
  *          and then the property is copied from the source list to the
  *          destination list (generating a call to the copy callback for
  *          the property, if one exists).
  *
  *          If the property does not exist in the class or list, this
  *          call is equivalent to calling H5Pregister() or H5Pinsert() (for
  *          a class or list, as appropriate) and the create callback will
  *          be called in the case of the property being copied into a list
  *          (if such a callback exists for the property).
  *
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pcopy_prop(hid_t dst_id, hid_t src_id, const char *name);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCR
  *
  * \brief Creates a new property list as an instance of a property list class
  *
  * \plistcls_id{cls_id}
  *
  * \return \hid_t{property list}
  *
  * \details H5Pcreate() creates a new property list as an instance of
  *          some property list class. The new property list is initialized
  *          with default values for the specified class. The classes are as
  *          follows:
  *
  * <table>
  *   <tr>
  *     <th>Class Identifier</th>
  *     <th>Class Name</th>
  *     <th>Comments</th>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5P_ATTRIBUTE_CREATE</td>
  *     <td>attribute create</td>
  *     <td>Properties for attribute creation</td>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5P_DATASET_ACCESS</td>
  *     <td>dataset access</td>
  *     <td>Properties for dataset access</td>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5P_DATASET_CREATE</td>
  *     <td>dataset create</td>
  *     <td>Properties for dataset creation</td>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5P_DATASET_XFER</td>
  *     <td>data transfer</td>
  *     <td>Properties for raw data transfer</td>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5P_DATATYPE_ACCESS</td>
  *     <td>datatype access</td>
  *     <td>Properties for datatype access</td>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5P_DATATYPE_CREATE</td>
  *     <td>datatype create</td>
  *     <td>Properties for datatype creation</td>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5P_FILE_ACCESS</td>
  *     <td>file access</td>
  *     <td>Properties for file access</td>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5P_FILE_CREATE</td>
  *     <td>file create</td>
  *     <td>Properties for file creation</td>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5P_FILE_MOUNT</td>
  *     <td>file mount</td>
  *     <td>Properties for file mounting</td>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr valign="top">
  *     <td>#H5P_GROUP_ACCESS</td>
  *     <td>group access</td>
  *     <td>Properties for group access</td>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5P_GROUP_CREATE</td>
  *     <td>group create</td>
  *     <td>Properties for group creation</td>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5P_LINK_ACCESS</td>
  *     <td>link access</td>
  *     <td>Properties governing link traversal when accessing objects</td>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5P_LINK_CREATE</td>
  *     <td>link create</td>
  *     <td>Properties governing link creation</td>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5P_OBJECT_COPY</td>
  *     <td>object copy</td>
  *     <td>Properties governing the object copying process</td>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5P_OBJECT_CREATE</td>
  *     <td>object create</td>
  *     <td>Properties for object creation</td>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5P_STRING_CREATE</td>
  *     <td>string create</td>
  *     <td>Properties for character encoding when encoding strings or
  *       object names</td>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5P_VOL_INITIALIZE</td>
  *     <td>vol initialize</td>
  *     <td>Properties for VOL initialization</td>
  *   </tr>
  * </table>
  *
  * This property list must eventually be closed with H5Pclose();
  * otherwise, errors are likely to occur.
  *
  * \version 1.12.0 The #H5P_VOL_INITIALIZE property list class was added
  * \version 1.8.15 For each class, the class name returned by
  *                 H5Pget_class_name() was added.
  *                 The list of possible Fortran values was updated.
  * \version 1.8.0 The following property list classes were added at this
  *                release: #H5P_DATASET_ACCESS, #H5P_GROUP_CREATE,
  *                #H5P_GROUP_ACCESS, #H5P_DATATYPE_CREATE,
  *                #H5P_DATATYPE_ACCESS, #H5P_ATTRIBUTE_CREATE
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL hid_t H5Pcreate(hid_t cls_id);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCRA
  *
  * \brief Creates a new property list class
  *
  * \plistcls_id{parent}
  * \param[in] name        Name of property list class to register
  * \param[in] create      Callback routine called when a property list is
  *                        created
  * \param[in] create_data Pointer to user-defined class create data, to be
  *                        passed along to class create callback
  * \param[in] copy        Callback routine called when a property list is
  *                        copied
  * \param[in] copy_data   Pointer to user-defined class copy data, to be
  *                        passed along to class copy callback
  * \param[in] close       Callback routine called when a property list is
  *                        being closed
  * \param[in] close_data  Pointer to user-defined class close data, to be
  *                        passed along to class close callback
  *
  * \return \hid_t{property list class}
  *
  * \details H5Pcreate_class() registers a new property list class with the
  *          library. The new property list class can inherit from an
  *          existing property list class, \p parent, or may be derived
  *          from the default “empty” class, NULL. New classes with
  *          inherited properties from existing classes may not remove
  *          those existing properties, only add or remove their own class
  *          properties. Property list classes defined and supported in the
  *          HDF5 library distribution are listed and briefly described in
  *          H5Pcreate(). The \p create, \p copy, \p close functions are called
  *          when a property list of the new class is created, copied, or closed,
  *          respectively.
  *
  *          H5Pclose_class() must be used to release the property list class
  *          identifier returned by this function.
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL hid_t H5Pcreate_class(hid_t parent, const char *name, H5P_cls_create_func_t create, void *create_data,
                              H5P_cls_copy_func_t copy, void *copy_data, H5P_cls_close_func_t close,
                              void *close_data);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCR
  *
  * \brief Decodes property list received in a binary object buffer and
  *        returns a new property list identifier
  *
  * \param[in] buf Buffer holding the encoded property list
  *
  * \return \hid_ti{object}
  *
  * \details Given a binary property list description in a buffer, H5Pdecode()
  *          reconstructs the HDF5 property list and returns an identifier
  *          for the new property list. The binary description of the property
  *          list is encoded by H5Pencode().
  *
  *          The user is responsible for passing in the correct buffer.
  *
  *          The property list identifier returned by this function should be
  *          released with H5Pclose() when the identifier is no longer needed
  *          so that resource leaks will not develop.
  *
  * \note Some properties cannot be encoded and therefore will not be available
  *       in the decoded property list. These properties are discussed in
  *       H5Pencode().
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL hid_t H5Pdecode(const void *buf);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCR
  *
  * \brief Encodes the property values in a property list into a binary
  *        buffer
  *
  * \plist_id
  * \param[out] buf    Buffer into which the property list will be encoded.
  *                    If the provided buffer is NULL, the size of the
  *                    buffer required is returned through \p nalloc; the
  *                    function does nothing more.
  * \param[out] nalloc The size of the required buffer
  * \fapl_id
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pencode2() encodes the property list \p plist_id into the
  *          binary buffer \p buf, according to the file format setting
  *          specified by the file access property list \p fapl_id.
  *
  *          If the required buffer size is unknown, \p buf can be passed
  *          in as NULL and the function will set the required buffer size
  *          in \p nalloc. The buffer can then be created and the property
  *          list encoded with a subsequent H5Pencode2() call.
  *
  *          If the buffer passed in is not big enough to hold the encoded
  *          properties, the H5Pencode2() call can be expected to fail with
  *          a segmentation fault.
  *
  *          The file access property list \p fapl_id is used to
  *          control the encoding via the \a libver_bounds property
  *          (see H5Pset_libver_bounds()). If the \a libver_bounds
  *          property is missing, H5Pencode2() proceeds as if the \a
  *          libver_bounds property were set to (#H5F_LIBVER_EARLIEST,
  *          #H5F_LIBVER_LATEST). (Functionally, H5Pencode1() is identical to
  *          H5Pencode2() with \a libver_bounds set to (#H5F_LIBVER_EARLIEST,
  *          #H5F_LIBVER_LATEST).)
  *          Properties that do not have encode callbacks will be skipped.
  *          There is currently no mechanism to register an encode callback for
  *          a user-defined property, so user-defined properties cannot currently
  *          be encoded.
  *
  *          Some properties cannot be encoded, particularly properties that are
  *          reliant on local context.
  *
  *      \b Motivation:
  *       This function was introduced in HDF5-1.12 as part of the \a H5Sencode
  *       format change to enable 64-bit selection encodings and a dataspace
  *       selection that is tied to a file.
  *
  * \since 1.12.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pencode2(hid_t plist_id, void *buf, size_t *nalloc, hid_t fapl_id);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCRA
  *
  * \brief Compares two property lists or classes for equality
  *
  * \param[in] id1 First property object to be compared
  * \param[in] id2 Second property object to be compared
  *
  * \return \htri_t
  *
  * \details H5Pequal() compares two property lists or classes to determine
  *          whether they are equal to one another.
  *
  *          Either both \p id1 and \p id2 must be property lists or both
  *          must be classes; comparing a list to a class is an error.
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL htri_t H5Pequal(hid_t id1, hid_t id2);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCRA
  *
  * \brief Queries whether a property name exists in a property list or
  *       class
  *
  * \param[in] plist_id   Identifier for the property list or class to query
  * \param[in] name       Name of property to check for
  *
  * \return \htri_t
  *
  * \details  H5Pexist() determines whether a property exists within a
  *           property list or class.
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL htri_t H5Pexist(hid_t plist_id, const char *name);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCRA
  *
  * \brief Queries the value of a property
  *
  * \plist_id
  * \param[in]  name  Name of property to query
  * \param[out] value Pointer to a location to which to copy the value of
  *                   the property
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget() retrieves a copy of the value for a property in a
  *          property list. If there is a \p get callback routine registered
  *          for this property, the copy of the value of the property will
  *          first be passed to that routine and any changes to the copy of
  *          the value will be used when returning the property value from
  *          this routine.
  *
  *          This routine may be called for zero-sized properties with the
  *          \p value set to NULL. The \p get routine will be called with
  *          a NULL value if the callback exists.
  *
  *          The property name must exist or this routine will fail.
  *
  *          If the \p get callback routine returns an error, \ value will
  *          not be modified.
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget(hid_t plist_id, const char *name, void *value);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCR
  *
  * \brief Returns the property list class identifier for a property list
  *
  * \plist_id
  *
  * \return \hid_t{property list class}
  *
  * \details H5Pget_class() returns the property list class identifier for
  *          the property list identified by the \p plist_id parameter.
  *
  *          Note that H5Pget_class() returns a value of #hid_t type, an
  *          internal HDF5 identifier, rather than directly returning a
  *          property list class. That identifier can then be used with
  *          either H5Pequal() or H5Pget_class_name() to determine which
  *          predefined HDF5 property list class H5Pget_class() has returned.
  *
  *          A full list of valid predefined property list classes appears
  *          in the description of H5Pcreate().
  *
  *          Determining the HDF5 property list class name with H5Pequal()
  *          requires a series of H5Pequal() calls in an if-else sequence.
  *          An iterative sequence of H5Pequal() calls can compare the
  *          identifier returned by H5Pget_class() to members of the list of
  *          valid property list class names. A pseudo-code snippet might
  *          read as follows:
  *
  *          \code
  *          plist_class_id = H5Pget_class (dsetA_plist);
  *
  *          if H5Pequal (plist_class_id, H5P_OBJECT_CREATE) = true;
  *              [ H5P_OBJECT_CREATE is the property list class    ]
  *              [ returned by H5Pget_class.                        ]
  *
  *          else if H5Pequal (plist_class_id, H5P_DATASET_CREATE) = true;
  *              [ H5P_DATASET_CREATE is the property list class.  ]
  *
  *          else if H5Pequal (plist_class_id, H5P_DATASET_XFER) = true;
  *              [ H5P_DATASET_XFER is the property list class.    ]
  *
  *          .
  *          .   [ Continuing the iteration until a match is found. ]
  *          .
  *          \endcode
  *
  *          H5Pget_class_name() returns the property list class name directly
  *          as a string:
  *
  *          \code
  *          plist_class_id = H5Pget_class (dsetA_plist);
  *          plist_class_name = H5Pget_class_name (plist_class_id)
  *          \endcode
  *
  *          Note that frequent use of H5Pget_class_name() can become a
  *          performance problem in a high-performance environment. The
  *          H5Pequal() approach is generally much faster.
  *
  * \version 1.6.0 Return type changed in this release.
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL hid_t H5Pget_class(hid_t plist_id);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCRA
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the name of a class
  *
  * \plistcls_id{pclass_id}
  *
  * \return Returns a pointer to an allocated string containing the class
  *         name if successful, and NULL if not successful.
  *
  * \details H5Pget_class_name() retrieves the name of a generic property
  *          list class. The pointer to the name must be freed by the user
  *          with a call to H5free_memory() after each successful call.
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <th>Class Name (class identifier) Returned</th>
  *            <th>Property List Class</th>
  *            <th>Expanded Name of the Property List Class</th>
  *            <th>The Class Identifier Used with H5Pcreate</th>
  *            <th>Comments</th>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>attribute create</td>
  *            <td>acpl</td>
  *            <td>Attribute Creation Property List</td>
  *            <td>H5P_ATTRIBUTE_CREATE</td>
  *            <td> </td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>dataset access</td>
  *            <td>dapl</td>
  *            <td>Dataset Access Property List</td>
  *            <td>H5P_DATASET_ACCESS</td>
  *            <td> </td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>dataset create</td>
  *            <td>dcpl</td>
  *            <td>Dataset Creation Property List</td>
  *            <td>H5P_DATASET_CREATE</td>
  *            <td> </td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>data transfer</td>
  *            <td>dxpl</td>
  *            <td>Data Transfer Property List</td>
  *            <td>H5P_DATASET_XFER</td>
  *            <td> </td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>datatype access</td>
  *            <td> </td>
  *            <td> </td>
  *            <td>H5P_DATATYPE_ACCESS</td>
  *            <td>This class can be created, but there are no properties
  *                in the class currently.
  *            </td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>datatype create</td>
  *            <td> </td>
  *            <td> </td>
  *            <td>H5P_DATATYPE_CREATE</td>
  *            <td>This class can be created, but there
  *                are no properties in the class currently.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>file access</td>
  *            <td>fapl</td>
  *            <td>File Access Property List</td>
  *            <td>H5P_FILE_ACCESS</td>
  *            <td> </td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>file create</td>
  *            <td>fcpl</td>
  *            <td>File Creation Property List</td>
  *            <td>H5P_FILE_CREATE</td>
  *            <td> </td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>file mount</td>
  *            <td>fmpl</td>
  *            <td>File Mount Property List</td>
  *            <td>H5P_FILE_MOUNT</td>
  *            <td> </td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>group access</td>
  *            <td> </td>
  *            <td> </td>
  *            <td>H5P_GROUP_ACCESS</td>
  *            <td>This class can be created, but there
  *                are no properties in the class currently.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>group create</td>
  *            <td>gcpl</td>
  *            <td>Group Creation Property List</td>
  *            <td>H5P_GROUP_CREATE</td>
  *            <td> </td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *             <td>link access</td>
  *             <td>lapl</td>
  *             <td>Link Access Property List</td>
  *             <td>H5P_LINK_ACCESS</td>
  *             <td> </td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>link create</td>
  *            <td>lcpl</td>
  *            <td>Link Creation Property List</td>
  *            <td>H5P_LINK_CREATE</td>
  *            <td> </td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>object copy</td>
  *            <td>ocpypl</td>
  *            <td>Object Copy Property List</td>
  *            <td>H5P_OBJECT_COPY</td>
  *            <td> </td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>object create</td>
  *            <td>ocpl</td>
  *            <td>Object Creation Property List</td>
  *            <td>H5P_OBJECT_CREATE</td>
  *            <td> </td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>string create</td>
  *            <td>strcpl</td>
  *            <td>String Creation Property List</td>
  *            <td>H5P_STRING_CREATE</td>
  *            <td> </td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL char *H5Pget_class_name(hid_t pclass_id);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCRA
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the parent class of a property class
  *
  * \plistcls_id{pclass_id}
  *
  * \return \hid_t{parent class object}
  *
  * \details H5Pget_class_parent() retrieves an identifier for the parent
  *          class of a property class.
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL hid_t H5Pget_class_parent(hid_t pclass_id);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCRA
  *
  * \brief  Queries the number of properties in a property list or class
  *
  * \param[in]  id     Identifier for property object to query
  * \param[out] nprops Number of properties in object
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_nprops() retrieves the number of properties in a
  *          property list or property list class.
  *
  *          If \p id is a property list identifier, the current number of
  *          properties in the list is returned in \p nprops.
  *
  *          If \p id is a property list class identifier, the number of
  *          registered properties in the class is returned in \p nprops.
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_nprops(hid_t id, size_t *nprops);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCRA
  *
  * \brief Queries the size of a property value in bytes
  *
  * \param[in]  id   Identifier of property object to query
  * \param[in]  name Name of property to query
  * \param[out] size Size of property in bytes
  *
  * \return  \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_size() retrieves the size of a property's value in
  *          bytes. This function operates on both property lists and
  *          property classes.
  *
  *          Zero-sized properties are allowed and return 0.
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_size(hid_t id, const char *name, size_t *size);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCRA
  *
  * \brief Registers a temporary property with a property list
  *
  * \plist_id
  * \param[in] name    Name of property to create
  * \param[in] size    Size of property in bytes
  * \param[in] value   Initial value for the property
  * \param[in] set     Callback routine called before a new value is copied
  *                    into the property's value
  * \param[in] get     Callback routine called when a property value is
  *                    retrieved from the property
  * \param[in] prp_del Callback routine called when a property is deleted
  *                    from a property list
  * \param[in] copy    Callback routine called when a property is copied
  *                    from an existing property list
  * \param[in] compare Callback routine called when a property is compared
  *                    with another property list
  * \param[in] close   Callback routine called when a property list is
  *                    being closed and the property value will be disposed
  *                    of
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pinsert2() creates a new property in a property
  *          list. The property will exist only in this property list and
  *          copies made from it.
  *
  *          The initial property value must be provided in \p value and
  *          the property value will be set accordingly.
  *
  *          The name of the property must not already exist in this list,
  *          or this routine will fail.
  *
  *          The \p set and \p get callback routines may be set to NULL
  *          if they are not needed.
  *
  *          Zero-sized properties are allowed and do not store any data
  *          in the property list. The default value of a zero-size
  *          property may be set to NULL. They may be used to indicate the
  *          presence or absence of a particular piece of information.
  *
  *          The \p set routine is called before a new value is copied
  *          into the property. The #H5P_prp_set_func_t callback function
  *          is defined as follows:
  *          \snippet this H5P_prp_cb2_t_snip
  *
  *          The parameters to the callback function are defined as follows:
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\ref hid_t \c prop_id</td>
  *            <td>IN: The identifier of the property list being
  *                modified</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{const char * name}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The name of the property being modified</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{size_t size}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The size of the property in bytes</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *             <td>\TText{void * value}</td>
  *             <td>IN: Pointer to new value pointer for the property
  *                 being modified</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  *          The \p set routine may modify the value pointer to be set and
  *          those changes will be used when setting the property's value.
  *          If the \p set routine returns a negative value, the new property
  *          value is not copied into the property and the \p  set routine
  *          returns an error value. The \p set routine will be called for
  *          the initial value.
  *
  *          \b Note: The \p set callback function may be useful to range
  *          check the value being set for the property or may perform some
  *          transformation or translation of the value set. The \p get
  *          callback would then reverse the transformation or translation.
  *          A single \p get or \p set callback could handle multiple
  *          properties by performing different actions based on the
  *          property name or other properties in the property list.
  *
  *          The \p get routine is called when a value is retrieved from
  *          a property value. The #H5P_prp_get_func_t callback function
  *          is defined as follows:
  *
  *          \snippet this H5P_prp_cb2_t_snip
  *
  *          The parameters to the above callback function are:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\ref hid_t \c prop_id</td>
  *            <td>IN: The identifier of the property list being queried</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{const char * name}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The name of the property being queried</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{size_t  size}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The size of the property in bytes</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{void *  value}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The value of the property being returned</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  *          The \p get routine may modify the value to be returned from
  *          the query and those changes will be preserved. If the \p get
  *          routine returns a negative value, the query routine returns
  *          an error value.
  *
  *          The \p prp_del routine is called when a property is being
  *          deleted from a property list. The #H5P_prp_delete_func_t
  *          callback function is defined as follows:
  *
  *          \snippet this H5P_prp_cb2_t_snip
  *
  *          The parameters to the above callback function are:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\ref hid_t \c prop_id</td>
  *            <td>IN: The identifier of the property list the property is
  *                being deleted from</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{const char * name}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The name of the property in the list</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{size_t size}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The size of the property in bytes</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{void * value}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The value for the property being deleted</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  *          The \p prp_del routine may modify the value passed in, but the
  *          value is not used by the library when the \p prp_del routine
  *          returns. If the \p prp_del routine returns a negative value,
  *          the property list \p prp_del routine returns an error value but
  *          the property is still deleted.
  *
  *          The \p copy routine is called when a new property list with
  *          this property is being created through a \p copy operation.
  *
  *          The #H5P_prp_copy_func_t callback function is defined as follows:
  *
  *          \snippet this H5P_prp_cb1_t_snip
  *
  *          The parameters to the above callback function are:
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{const char * name}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The name of the property being copied</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{size_t size}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The size of the property in bytes</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{void * value}</td>
  *            <td>IN/OUT: The value for the property being copied</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  *          The \p copy routine may modify the value to be set and those
  *          changes will be stored as the new value of the property. If the
  *          \p copy routine returns a negative value, the new property value
  *          is not copied into the property and the copy routine returns an
  *          error value.
  *
  *          The \p compare routine is called when a property list with this
  *          property is compared to another property list with the same
  *          property.
  *
  *          The #H5P_prp_compare_func_t callback function is defined as
  *          follows:
  *
  *          \snippet this H5P_prp_compare_func_t_snip
  *
  *          The parameters to the callback function are defined as follows:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{const void * value1}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The value of the first property to compare</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{const void * value2}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The value of the second property to compare</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{size_t size}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The size of the property in bytes</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  *          The \p compare routine may not modify the values. The \p compare
  *          routine should return a positive value if \p value1 is greater
  *          than \p value2, a negative value if \p value2 is greater than
  *          \p value1 and zero if \p value1 and \p value2 are equal.
  *
  *          The \p close routine is called when a property list with this
  *          property is being closed.
  *
  *          The #H5P_prp_close_func_t callback function is defined as follows:
  *          \snippet this H5P_prp_cb1_t_snip
  *
  *          The parameters to the callback function are defined as follows:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{const char * name}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The name of the property in the list</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{size_t size}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The size of the property in bytes</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{void * value}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The value for the property being closed</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  *          The \p close routine may modify the value passed in, the
  *          value is not used by the library when the close routine
  *          returns. If the \p close routine returns a negative value,
  *          the property list \p close routine returns an error value
  *          but the property list is still closed.
  *
  *          \b Note: There is no \p create callback routine for temporary
  *          property list objects; the initial value is assumed to
  *          have any necessary setup already performed on it.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pinsert2(hid_t plist_id, const char *name, size_t size, void *value, H5P_prp_set_func_t set,
                          H5P_prp_get_func_t get, H5P_prp_delete_func_t prp_del, H5P_prp_copy_func_t copy,
                          H5P_prp_compare_func_t compare, H5P_prp_close_func_t close);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCRA
  *
  * \brief Determines whether a property list is a member of a class
  *
  * \plist_id
  * \plistcls_id{pclass_id}
  *
  * \return \htri_t
  *
  * \details H5Pisa_class() checks to determine whether the property list
  *          \p plist_id is a member of the property list class
  *          \p pclass_id.
  *
  * \see H5Pcreate()
  *
  * \since  1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL htri_t H5Pisa_class(hid_t plist_id, hid_t pclass_id);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCRA
  *
  * \brief Iterates over properties in a property class or list
  *
  * \param[in]     id  Identifier of property object to iterate over
  * \param[in,out] idx Index of the property to begin with
  * \param[in]     iter_func  Function pointer to function to be called
  *                           with each property iterated over
  * \param[in,out] iter_data  Pointer to iteration data from user
  *
  * \return On success: the return value of the last call to \p iter_func if
  *         it was non-zero; zero if all properties have been processed.
  *         On Failure, a negative value
  *
  * \details H5Piterate() iterates over the properties in the property
  *          object specified in \p id, which may be either a property
  *          list or a property class, performing a specified operation
  *          on each property in turn.
  *
  *          For each property in the object, \p iter_func and the
  *          additional information specified below are passed to the
  *          #H5P_iterate_t operator function.
  *
  *          The iteration begins with the \p idx-th property in the
  *          object; the next element to be processed by the operator
  *          is returned in \p idx. If \p idx is NULL, the iterator
  *          starts at the first property; since no stopping point is
  *          returned in this case, the iterator cannot be restarted if
  *          one of the calls to its operator returns non-zero.
  *
  *          The operation \p iter_func receives the property list or class
  *          identifier for the object being iterated over, \p id, the
  *          name of the current property within the object, \p name,
  *          and the pointer to the operator data passed in to H5Piterate(),
  *          \p iter_data.
  *
  * \warning H5Piterate() assumes that the properties in the object
  *          identified by \p id remain unchanged through the iteration.
  *          If the membership changes during the iteration, the function's
  *          behavior is undefined.
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL int H5Piterate(hid_t id, int *idx, H5P_iterate_t iter_func, void *iter_data);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCRA
  *
  * \brief Registers a permanent property with a property list class
  *
  * \plistcls_id{cls_id}
  * \param[in] name       Name of property to register
  * \param[in] size       Size of property in bytes
  * \param[in] def_value  Default value for property in newly created
  *                       property lists
  * \param[in] create     Callback routine called when a property list is
  *                       being created and the property value will be
  *                       initialized
  * \param[in] set        Callback routine called before a new value is
  *                       copied into the property's value
  * \param[in] get        Callback routine called when a property value is
  *                       retrieved from the property
  * \param[in] prp_del    Callback routine called when a property is deleted
  *                       from a property list
  * \param[in] copy       Callback routine called when a property is copied
  *                       from a property list
  * \param[in] compare    Callback routine called when a property is compared
  *                       with another property list
  * \param[in] close      Callback routine called when a property list is
  *                       being closed and the property value will be
  *                       disposed of
  *
  * \return  \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pregister2() registers a new property with a property list
  *          class. The \p cls_id identifier can be obtained by calling
  *          H5Pcreate_class(). The property will exist in all property
  *          list objects of \p cl_id created after this routine finishes. The
  *          name of the property must not already exist, or this routine
  *          will fail. The default property value must be provided and all
  *          new property lists created with this property will have the
  *          property value set to the default value. Any of the callback
  *          routines may be set to NULL if they are not needed.
  *
  *          Zero-sized properties are allowed and do not store any data in
  *          the property list. These may be used as flags to indicate the
  *          presence or absence of a particular piece of information. The
  *          default pointer for a zero-sized property may be set to NULL.
  *          The property \p create and \p close callbacks are called for
  *          zero-sized properties, but the \p set and \p get callbacks are
  *          never called.
  *
  *          The \p create routine is called when a new property list with
  *          this property is being created. The #H5P_prp_create_func_t
  *          callback function is defined as follows:
  *
  *          \snippet this H5P_prp_cb1_t_snip
  *
  *          The parameters to this callback function are defined as follows:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{const char * name}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The name of the property being modified</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{size_t size}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The size of the property in bytes</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{void * value}</td>
  *            <td>IN/OUT: The default value for the property being created,
  *                which will be passed to H5Pregister2()</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  *          The \p create routine may modify the value to be set and those
  *          changes will be stored as the initial value of the property.
  *          If the \p create routine returns a negative value, the new
  *          property value is not copied into the property and the
  *          \p create routine returns an error value.
  *
  *          The \p set routine is called before a new value is copied into
  *          the property. The #H5P_prp_set_func_t callback function is defined
  *          as follows:
  *
  *          \snippet this H5P_prp_cb2_t_snip
  *
  *          The parameters to this callback function are defined as follows:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\ref hid_t \c prop_id</td>
  *            <td>IN: The identifier of the property list being modified</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{const char * name}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The name of the property being modified</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{size_t size}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The size of the property in bytes</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{void *value}</td>
  *            <td>IN/OUT: Pointer to new value pointer for the property
  *                being modified</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  *          The \p set routine may modify the value pointer to be set and
  *          those changes will be used when setting the property's value.
  *          If the \p set routine returns a negative value, the new property
  *          value is not copied into the property and the \p set routine
  *          returns an error value. The \p set routine will not be called
  *          for the initial value; only the \p create routine will be called.
  *
  *          \b Note: The \p set callback function may be useful to range
  *          check the value being set for the property or may perform some
  *          transformation or translation of the value set. The \p get
  *          callback would then reverse the transformation or translation.
  *          A single \p get or \p set callback could handle multiple
  *          properties by performing different actions based on the property
  *          name or other properties in the property list.
  *
  *          The \p get routine is called when a value is retrieved from a
  *          property value. The #H5P_prp_get_func_t callback function is
  *          defined as follows:
  *
  *          \snippet this H5P_prp_cb2_t_snip
  *
  *          The parameters to the callback function are defined as follows:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\ref hid_t \c prop_id</td>
  *            <td>IN: The identifier of the property list being
  *                queried</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{const char * name}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The name of the property being queried</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{size_t size}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The size of the property in bytes</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{void * value}</td>
  *            <td>IN/OUT: The value of the property being returned</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  *          The \p get routine may modify the value to be returned from the
  *          query and those changes will be returned to the calling routine.
  *          If the \p set routine returns a negative value, the query
  *          routine returns an error value.
  *
  *          The \p prp_del routine is called when a property is being
  *          deleted from a property list. The #H5P_prp_delete_func_t
  *          callback function is defined as follows:
  *
  *          \snippet this H5P_prp_cb2_t_snip
  *
  *          The parameters to the callback function are defined as follows:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\ref hid_t \c prop_id</td>
  *            <td>IN: The identifier of the property list the property is
  *                being deleted from</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{const char * name}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The name of the property in the list</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{size_t size}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The size of the property in bytes</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{void * value}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The value for the property being deleted</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  *          The \p prp_del routine may modify the value passed in, but the
  *          value is not used by the library when the \p prp_del routine
  *          returns. If the \p prp_del routine returns a negative value,
  *          the property list  delete routine returns an error value but
  *          the property is still deleted.
  *
  *          The \p copy routine is called when a new property list with
  *          this property is being created through a \p copy operation.
  *          The #H5P_prp_copy_func_t callback function is defined as follows:
  *
  *          \snippet this H5P_prp_cb1_t_snip
  *
  *          The parameters to the callback function are defined as follows:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{const char * name}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The name of the property being copied</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{size_t size}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The size of the property in bytes</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{void * value}</td>
  *            <td>IN/OUT: The value for the property being copied</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  *          The \p copy routine may modify the value to be set and those
  *          changes will be stored as the new value of the property. If
  *          the \p copy routine returns a negative value, the new
  *          property value is not copied into the property and the \p copy
  *          routine returns an error value.
  *
  *          The \p compare routine is called when a property list with this
  *          property is compared to another property list with the same
  *          property. The #H5P_prp_compare_func_t callback function is
  *          defined as follows:
  *
  *          \snippet this H5P_prp_compare_func_t_snip
  *
  *          The parameters to the callback function are defined as follows:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{const void * value1}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The value of the first property to compare</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{const void * value2}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The value of the second property to compare</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{size_t size}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The size of the property in bytes</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  *          The \p compare routine may not modify the values. The \p compare
  *          routine should return a positive value if \p value1 is greater
  *          than \p value2, a negative value if \p value2 is greater than
  *          \p value1 and zero if \p value1 and \p value2 are equal.
  *
  *          The \p close routine is called when a property list with this
  *          property is being closed. The #H5P_prp_close_func_t callback
  *          function is defined as follows:
  *
  *          \snippet this H5P_prp_cb1_t_snip
  *
  *          The parameters to the callback function are defined as follows:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{const char * name}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The name of the property in the list</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{size_t size}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The size of the property in bytes</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\TText{void * value}</td>
  *            <td>IN: The value for the property being closed</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  *          The \p close routine may modify the value passed in, but the
  *          value is not used by the library when the \p close routine returns.
  *          If the \p close routine returns a negative value, the property
  *          list close routine returns an error value but the property list is
  *          still closed.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pregister2(hid_t cls_id, const char *name, size_t size, void *def_value,
                            H5P_prp_create_func_t create, H5P_prp_set_func_t set, H5P_prp_get_func_t get,
                            H5P_prp_delete_func_t prp_del, H5P_prp_copy_func_t copy,
                            H5P_prp_compare_func_t compare, H5P_prp_close_func_t close);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCRA
  *
  * \brief Removes a property from a property list
  *
  * \plist_id
  * \param[in] name Name of property to remove
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Premove() removes a property from a property list. Both
  *          properties which were in existence when the property list was
  *          created (i.e. properties registered with H5Pregister()) and
  *          properties added to the list after it was created (i.e. added
  *          with H5Pinsert1() may be removed from a property list.
  *          Properties do not need to be removed from a property list
  *          before the list itself is closed; they will be released
  *          automatically when H5Pclose() is called.
  *
  *          If a \p close callback exists for the removed property, it
  *          will be called before the property is released.
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Premove(hid_t plist_id, const char *name);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCRA
  *
  * \brief Sets a property list value
  *
  * \plist_id
  * \param[in] name  Name of property to modify
  * \param[in] value Pointer to value to set the property to
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset() sets a new value for a property in a property list.
  *          If there is a \p set callback routine registered for this
  *          property, the \p value will be passed to that routine and any
  *          changes to the \p value will be used when setting the property
  *          value. The information pointed to by the \p value pointer
  *          (possibly modified by the \p set callback) is copied into the
  *          property list value and may be changed by the application
  *          making the H5Pset() call without affecting the property value.
  *
  *          The property name must exist or this routine will fail.
  *
  *          If the \p set callback routine returns an error, the property
  *          value will not be modified.
  *
  *          This routine may not be called for zero-sized properties and
  *          will return an error in that case.
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset(hid_t plist_id, const char *name, const void *value);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCRA
  *
  * \brief Removes a property from a property list class
  *
  * \plistcls_id{pclass_id}
  * \param[in] name Name of property to remove
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Punregister() removes a property from a property list class.
  *          Future property lists created of that class will not contain
  *          this property; existing property lists containing this property
  *          are not affected.
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Punregister(hid_t pclass_id, const char *name);
 
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Verifies that all required filters are available
  *
  * \plist_id
  *
  * \return \htri_t
  *
  * \details H5Pall_filters_avail() verifies that all of the filters set in
  *         the dataset or group creation property list \p plist_id are
  *         currently available.
  *
  * \version 1.8.5 Function extended to work with group creation property
  *                lists.
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL htri_t H5Pall_filters_avail(hid_t plist_id);
 
 /* Object creation property list (OCPL) routines */
 
 /**
  * \ingroup OCPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves tracking and indexing settings for attribute creation
  *        order
  *
  * \plist_id
  * \param[out] crt_order_flags Flags specifying whether to track and
  *             index attribute creation order
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_attr_creation_order() retrieves the settings for
  *          tracking and indexing attribute creation order on an object.
  *
  *          \p plist_id is an object creation property list (\p ocpl),
  *          as it can be a dataset or group creation property list
  *          identifier. The term \p ocpl is used when different types
  *          of objects may be involved.
  *
  *          \p crt_order_flags returns flags with the following meanings:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5P_CRT_ORDER_TRACKED</td>
  *            <td>Attribute creation order is tracked but not necessarily
  *                indexed.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5P_CRT_ORDER_INDEXED </td>
  *            <td>Attribute creation order is indexed (requires
  *                #H5P_CRT_ORDER_TRACKED).</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  *          If \p crt_order_flags is returned with a value of 0 (zero),
  *          attribute creation order is neither tracked nor indexed.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_attr_creation_order(hid_t plist_id, unsigned *crt_order_flags);
 /**
  * \ingroup OCPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves attribute storage phase change thresholds
  *
  * \plist_id
  * \param[out] max_compact Maximum number of attributes to be stored in
  *                         compact storage (Default: 8)
  * \param[out] min_dense   Minimum number of attributes to be stored in
  *                         dense storage (Default: 6)
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_attr_phase_change() retrieves threshold values for
  *          attribute storage on an object. These thresholds determine the
  *          point at which attribute storage changes from compact storage
  *          (i.e., storage in the object header) to dense storage (i.e.,
  *          storage in a heap and indexed with a B-tree).
  *
  *          In the general case, attributes are initially kept in compact
  *          storage. When the number of attributes exceeds \p max_compact,
  *          attribute storage switches to dense storage. If the number of
  *          attributes subsequently falls below \p min_dense, the
  *          attributes are returned to compact storage.
  *
  *          If \p max_compact is set to 0 (zero), dense storage always used.
  *
  *          \p plist_id is an object creation property list (\p ocpl), as it
  *          can be a dataset or group creation property list identifier.
  *          The term \p ocpl is used when different types of objects may be
  *          involved.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_attr_phase_change(hid_t plist_id, unsigned *max_compact, unsigned *min_dense);
 /**
  * \ingroup OCPL
  *
  * \brief Returns information about a filter in a pipeline
  *
  * \ocpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] idx    Sequence number within the filter pipeline of the filter
  *                   for which information is sought
  * \param[out] flags Bit vector specifying certain general properties of the
  *                   filter
  * \param[in,out] cd_nelmts Number of elements in \p cd_values
  * \param[out]    cd_values Auxiliary data for the filter
  * \param[in]     namelen   Anticipated number of characters in \p name
  * \param[out]    name      Name of the filter
  * \param[out] filter_config Bit field, as described in H5Zget_filter_info()
  *
  * \return Returns a negative value on failure, and the filter identifier
  *         if successful (see #H5Z_filter_t):
  *         - #H5Z_FILTER_DEFLATE     Data compression filter,
  *                                    employing the gzip algorithm
  *         - #H5Z_FILTER_SHUFFLE     Data shuffling filter
  *         - #H5Z_FILTER_FLETCHER32  Error detection filter, employing the
  *                                     Fletcher32 checksum algorithm
  *         - #H5Z_FILTER_SZIP        Data compression filter, employing the
  *                                     SZIP algorithm
  *         - #H5Z_FILTER_NBIT        Data compression filter, employing the
  *                                     N-bit algorithm
  *         - #H5Z_FILTER_SCALEOFFSET Data compression filter, employing the
  *                                     scale-offset algorithm
  *
  * \details H5Pget_filter2() returns information about a filter specified by
  *          its filter number, in a filter pipeline specified by the property
  *          list with which it is associated.
  *
  *          \p plist_id must be a dataset or group creation property list.
  *
  *          \p idx is a value between zero and N-1, as described in
  *          H5Pget_nfilters(). The function will return a negative value if
  *          the filter number is out of range.
  *
  *          The structure of the \p flags argument is discussed in
  *          H5Pset_filter().
  *
  *          On input, \p cd_nelmts indicates the number of entries in the
  *          \p cd_values array, as allocated by the caller; on return,
  *          \p cd_nelmts contains the number of values defined by the filter.
  *
  *          If \p name is a pointer to an array of at least \p namelen bytes,
  *          the filter name will be copied into that array. The name will be
  *          null terminated if \p namelen is large enough. The filter name
  *          returned will be the name appearing in the file, the name
  *          registered for the filter, or an empty string.
  *
  *          \p filter_config is the bit field described in
  *          H5Zget_filter_info().
  *
  * \version 1.8.5 Function extended to work with group creation property
  *                lists.
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL H5Z_filter_t H5Pget_filter2(hid_t plist_id, unsigned idx, unsigned int *flags /*out*/,
                                    size_t *cd_nelmts /*out*/, unsigned cd_values[] /*out*/, size_t namelen,
                                    char name[], unsigned *filter_config /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup OCPL
  *
  * \brief Returns information about the specified filter
  *
  * \ocpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in]     filter_id     Filter identifier
  * \param[out]    flags         Bit vector specifying certain general
  *                              properties of the filter
  * \param[in,out] cd_nelmts     Number of elements in \p cd_values
  * \param[out]    cd_values[]   Auxiliary data for the filter
  * \param[in]     namelen       Length of filter name and number of
  *                              elements in \p name
  * \param[out]    name[]        Name of filter
  * \param[out]    filter_config Bit field, as described in
  *                              H5Zget_filter_info()
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_filter_by_id2() returns information about the filter
  *          specified in \p filter_id, a filter identifier.
  *
  *          \p plist_id must be a dataset or group creation property list
  *          and \p filter_id must be in the associated filter pipeline.
  *
  *          The \p filter_id and \p flags parameters are used in the same
  *          manner as described in the discussion of H5Pset_filter().
  *
  *          Aside from the fact that they are used for output, the
  *          parameters \p cd_nelmts and \p cd_values[] are used in the same
  *          manner as described in the discussion of H5Pset_filter(). On
  *          input, the \p cd_nelmts parameter indicates the number of
  *          entries in the \p cd_values[] array allocated by the calling
  *          program; on exit it contains the number of values defined by
  *          the filter.
  *
  *          On input, the \p namelen parameter indicates the number of
  *          characters allocated for the filter name by the calling program
  *          in the array \p name[]. On exit \p name[] contains the name of the
  *          filter with one character of the name in each element of the
  *          array.
  *
  *          \p filter_config is the bit field described in
  *          H5Zget_filter_info().
  *
  *          If the filter specified in \p filter_id is not set for the
  *          property list, an error will be returned and
  *          H5Pget_filter_by_id2() will fail.
  *
  * \version 1.8.5 Function extended to work with group creation property
  *                lists.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_filter_by_id2(hid_t plist_id, H5Z_filter_t filter_id, unsigned int *flags /*out*/,
                                    size_t *cd_nelmts /*out*/, unsigned cd_values[] /*out*/, size_t namelen,
                                    char name[] /*out*/, unsigned *filter_config /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup OCPL
  *
  * \brief Returns the number of filters in the pipeline
  *
  * \ocpl_id{plist_id}
  *
  * \return  Returns the number of filters in the pipeline if successful;
  *          otherwise returns a negative value.
  *
  * \details H5Pget_nfilters() returns the number of filters defined in the
  *          filter pipeline associated with the property list \p plist_id.
  *
  *          In each pipeline, the filters are numbered from 0 through \TText{N-1},
  *          where \c N is the value returned by this function. During output to
  *          the file, the filters are applied in increasing order; during
  *          input from the file, they are applied in decreasing order.
  *
  *          H5Pget_nfilters() returns the number of filters in the pipeline,
  *          including zero (0) if there are none.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL int H5Pget_nfilters(hid_t plist_id);
 /**
  * \ingroup OCPL
  *
  * \brief Determines whether times associated with an object
  *       are being recorded
  *
  * \plist_id
  * \param[out] track_times Boolean value, 1 (true) or 0 (false),
  *             specifying whether object times are being recorded
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_obj_track_times() queries the object creation property
  *          list, \p plist_id, to determine whether object times are being
  *          recorded.
  *
  *          If \p track_times is returned as 1, times are being recorded;
  *          if \p track_times is returned as 0, times are not being
  *          recorded.
  *
  *          Time data can be retrieved with H5Oget_info(), which will return
  *          it in the #H5O_info_t struct.
  *
  *          If times are not tracked, they will be reported as follows
  *          when queried: 12:00 AM UDT, Jan. 1, 1970
  *
  *          See H5Pset_obj_track_times() for further discussion.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_obj_track_times(hid_t plist_id, hbool_t *track_times);
 /**
  * \ingroup OCPL
  *
  * \brief Modifies a filter in the filter pipeline
  *
  * \ocpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] filter      Filter to be modified
  * \param[in] flags       Bit vector specifying certain general properties
  *                        of the filter
  * \param[in] cd_nelmts   Number of elements in \p cd_values
  * \param[in] cd_values[] Auxiliary data for the filter
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pmodify_filter() modifies the specified \p filter in the
  *          filter pipeline. \p plist_id must be a dataset or group
  *          creation property list.
  *
  *          The \p filter, \p flags \p cd_nelmts[], and \p cd_values
  *          parameters are used in the same manner and accept the same
  *          values as described in the discussion of H5Pset_filter().
  *
  * \version 1.8.5 Function extended to work with group creation property
  *                lists.
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pmodify_filter(hid_t plist_id, H5Z_filter_t filter, unsigned int flags, size_t cd_nelmts,
                                const unsigned int cd_values[/*cd_nelmts*/]);
 /**
  * \ingroup OCPL
  *
  * \brief    Delete one or more filters in the filter pipeline
  *
  * \ocpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] filter Filter to be deleted
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Premove_filter() removes the specified \p filter from the
  *          filter pipeline in the dataset or group creation property
  *          list \p plist_id.
  *
  *          The \p filter parameter specifies the filter to be removed.
  *          Valid values for use in \p filter are as follows:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5Z_FILTER_ALL</td>
  *            <td>Removes all filters from the filter pipeline</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5Z_FILTER_DEFLATE</td>
  *            <td>Data compression filter, employing the gzip
  *                algorithm</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5Z_FILTER_SHUFFLE</td>
  *            <td>Data shuffling filter</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5Z_FILTER_FLETCHER32</td>
  *            <td>Error detection filter, employing the Fletcher32
  *                checksum algorithm</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5Z_FILTER_SZIP</td>
  *            <td>Data compression filter, employing the SZIP
  *                algorithm</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5Z_FILTER_NBIT</td>
  *            <td>Data compression filter, employing the N-Bit
  *                algorithm</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5Z_FILTER_SCALEOFFSET</td>
  *            <td>Data compression filter, employing the scale-offset
  *                algorithm</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  *          Additionally, user-defined filters can be removed with this
  *          routine by passing the filter identifier with which they were
  *          registered with the HDF5 library.
  *
  *          Attempting to remove a filter that is not in the filter
  *          pipeline is an error.
  *
  * \version 1.8.5 Function extended to work with group creation property
  *                lists.
  * \since 1.6.3
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Premove_filter(hid_t plist_id, H5Z_filter_t filter);
 /**
  * \ingroup OCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets tracking and indexing of attribute creation order
  *
  * \plist_id
  * \param[in] crt_order_flags Flags specifying whether to track and index
  *                            attribute creation order. \em Default: No
  *                            flag set; attribute creation order is neither
  *                            tracked not indexed
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_attr_creation_order() sets flags for tracking and
  *          indexing attribute creation order on an object.
  *
  *          \p plist_id is a dataset or group creation property list
  *          identifier.
  *
  *          \p crt_order_flags contains flags with the following meanings:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5P_CRT_ORDER_TRACKED</td>
  *            <td>Attribute creation order is tracked but not necessarily
  *                indexed.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5P_CRT_ORDER_INDEXED </td>
  *            <td>Attribute creation order is indexed (requires
  *                #H5P_CRT_ORDER_TRACKED).</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  *          Default behavior is that attribute creation order is neither
  *          tracked nor indexed.
  *
  *          H5Pset_attr_creation_order() can be used to set attribute
  *          creation order tracking, or to set attribute creation order
  *          tracking and indexing.
  *
  * \note If a creation order index is to be built, it must be specified in
  *       the object creation property list. HDF5 currently provides no
  *       mechanism to turn on attribute creation order tracking at object
  *       creation time and to build the index later.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_attr_creation_order(hid_t plist_id, unsigned crt_order_flags);
 /**
  * \ingroup OCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets attribute storage phase change thresholds
  *
  * \plist_id
  * \param[in] max_compact  Maximum number of attributes to be stored in
  *                         compact storage (\em Default: 8); must be greater
  *                         than or equal to \p min_dense
  *
  * \param[in] min_dense    Minimum number of attributes to be stored in
  *                         dense storage (\em Default: 6)
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_attr_phase_change() sets threshold values for attribute
  *          storage on an object. These thresholds determine the point at
  *          which attribute storage changes from compact storage (i.e.,
  *          storage in the object header) to dense storage (i.e., storage
  *          in a heap and indexed with a B-tree).
  *
  *          In the general case, attributes are initially kept in compact
  *          storage. When the number of attributes exceeds \p max_compact,
  *          attribute storage switches to dense storage. If the number of
  *          attributes subsequently falls below \p min_dense, the attributes
  *          are returned to compact storage.
  *
  *          If \p max_compact is set to 0 (zero), dense storage is always
  *          used.  \p min_dense must be set to 0 (zero) when \p max_compact
  *          is 0 (zero).
  *
  *          \p plist_id is a dataset or group creation property list
  *          identifier.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_attr_phase_change(hid_t plist_id, unsigned max_compact, unsigned min_dense);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets deflate (GNU gzip) compression method and compression level
  *
  * \ocpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] level Compression level
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \par_compr_note
  *
  * \details H5Pset_deflate() sets the deflate compression method and the
  *          compression level, \p level, for a dataset or group creation
  *          property list, \p plist_id.
  *
  *          The filter identifier set in the property list is
  *          #H5Z_FILTER_DEFLATE.
  *
  *          The compression level, \p level, is a value from zero to nine,
  *          inclusive. A compression level of 0 (zero) indicates no
  *          compression; compression improves but speed slows progressively
  *          from levels 1 through 9:
  *
  *          <table>
  *            <tr>
  *              <th>Compression Level</th>
  *              <th>Gzip Action</th>
  *            </tr>
  *            <tr>
  *              <td>0</td>
  *              <td>No compression</td>
  *            </tr>
  *            <tr>
  *              <td>1</td>
  *              <td>Best compression speed; least compression</td>
  *            </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *             <td>2 through 8</td>
  *             <td>Compression improves; speed degrades</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *             <td>9</td>
  *             <td>Best compression ratio; slowest speed</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  *          Note that setting the compression level to 0 (zero) does not turn
  *          off use of the gzip filter; it simply sets the filter to perform
  *          no compression as it processes the data.
  *
  *          HDF5 relies on GNU gzip for this compression.
  *
  * \version 1.8.5 Function extended to work with group creation property lists.
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_deflate(hid_t plist_id, unsigned level);
 /**
  * \ingroup OCPL
  *
  * \brief Adds a filter to the filter pipeline
  *
  * \ocpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] filter    Filter identifier for the filter to be added to the
  *                      pipeline
  * \param[in] flags     Bit vector specifying certain general properties of
  *                      the filter
  * \param[in] cd_nelmts Number of elements in \p cd_values
  * \param[in] cd_values  Auxiliary data for the filter
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_filter() adds the specified \p filter identifier and
  *          corresponding properties to the end of an output filter
  *          pipeline.
  *
  *          \p plist_id must be either a dataset creation property list or
  *          group creation property list identifier. If \p plist_id is a
  *          dataset creation property list identifier, the filter is added
  *          to the raw data filter pipeline.
  *
  *          If \p plist_id is a group creation property list identifier,
  *          the filter is added to the link filter pipeline, which filters
  *          the fractal heap used to store most of the link metadata in
  *          certain types of groups. The only predefined filters that can
  *          be set in a group creation property list are the gzip filter
  *          (#H5Z_FILTER_DEFLATE) and the Fletcher32 error detection filter
  *          (#H5Z_FILTER_FLETCHER32).
  *
  *          The array \p cd_values contains \p cd_nelmts unsigned integers
  *          which are auxiliary data for the filter. The values are typically
  *          used as parameters to control the filter. In a filter's
  *          \p set_local method (called from \p H5Dcreate), the values are
  *          interpreted and possibly modified before they are used to control
  *          the filter. These, possibly modified values, are then stored in
  *          the dataset object header as auxiliary data for the filter.
  *
  *          The \p flags argument is a bit vector with the following
  *          fields specifying certain general properties of the filter:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5Z_FLAG_OPTIONAL</td>
  *            <td>If this bit is set then the filter is optional. If the
  *                filter fails (see below) during an H5Dwrite() operation
  *                then the filter is just excluded from the pipeline for
  *                the chunk for which it failed; the filter will not
  *                participate in the pipeline during an H5Dread() of the
  *                chunk. This is commonly used for compression filters:
  *                if the filter result would be larger than the input,
  *                then the compression filter returns failure and the
  *                uncompressed data is stored in the file.<br /><br />
  *                This flag should not be set for the Fletcher32 checksum
  *                filter as it will bypass the checksum filter without
  *                reporting checksum errors to an application.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5Z_FLAG_MANDATORY</td>
  *            <td>If the filter is required, that is, set to mandatory,
  *                and the filter fails, the library's behavior depends
  *                on whether the chunk cache is in use:
  *                \li If the chunk cache is enabled, data chunks will
  *                    be flushed to the file during H5Dclose() and the
  *                    library will return the failure in H5Dclose().
  *                \li When the chunk cache is disabled or not big enough,
  *                    or the chunk is being evicted from the cache, the
  *                    failure will happen during H5Dwrite().
  *
  *                In each case, the library will still write to the file
  *                all data chunks that were processed by the filter
  *                before the failure occurred.<br /><br />
  *                For example, assume that an application creates a
  *                dataset of four chunks, the chunk cache is enabled and
  *                is big enough to hold all four chunks, and the filter
  *                fails when it tries to write the fourth chunk. The
  *                actual flush of the chunks will happen during
  *                H5Dclose(), not H5Dwrite(). By the time H5Dclose()
  *                fails, the first three chunks will have been written
  *                to the file. Even though H5Dclose() fails, all the
  *                resources will be released and the file can be closed
  *                properly. <br /><br />
  *                If, however, the filter fails on the second chunk, only
  *                the first chunk will be written to the file as nothing
  *                further can be written once the filter fails.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *          The \p filter parameter specifies the filter to be set. Valid
  *          pre-defined filter identifiers are as follows:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5Z_FILTER_DEFLATE</td>
  *            <td>Data compression filter, employing the gzip
  *                algorithm</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5Z_FILTER_SHUFFLE</td>
  *            <td>Data shuffling filter</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5Z_FILTER_FLETCHER32</td>
  *            <td>Error detection filter, employing the Fletcher32
  *                checksum algorithm</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5Z_FILTER_SZIP</td>
  *            <td>Data compression filter, employing the SZIP
  *                algorithm</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5Z_FILTER_NBIT</td>
  *            <td>Data compression filter, employing the N-Bit
  *                algorithm</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5Z_FILTER_SCALEOFFSET</td>
  *            <td>Data compression filter, employing the scale-offset
  *                algorithm</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *          Also see H5Pset_edc_check() and H5Pset_filter_callback().
  *
  * \note When a non-empty filter pipeline is used with a group creation
  *       property list, the group will be created with the new group file
  *       format. The filters will come into play only when dense storage
  *       is used (see H5Pset_link_phase_change()) and will be applied to
  *       the group's fractal heap. The fractal heap will contain most of
  *       the group's link metadata, including link names.
  *
  * \note When working with group creation property lists, if you are
  *       adding a filter that is not in HDF5's set of predefined filters,
  *       i.e., a user-defined or third-party filter, you must first
  *       determine that the filter will work for a group. See the
  *       discussion of the set local and can apply callback functions
  *       in H5Zregister().
  *
  * \note If multiple filters are set for a property list, they will be
  *       applied to each chunk of raw data for datasets or each block
  *       of the fractal heap for groups in the order in which they were
  *       set.
  *
  * \note Filters can be applied only to chunked datasets; they cannot be
  *       used with other dataset storage methods, such as contiguous,
  *       compact, or external datasets.
  *
  * \note Dataset elements of variable-length and dataset region
  *       reference datatypes are stored in separate structures in the
  *       file called heaps. Filters cannot currently be applied to
  *       these heaps.
  *
  * \note <b>Filter Behavior in HDF5:</b><br />
  *       Filters can be inserted into the HDF5 pipeline to perform
  *       functions such as compression and conversion. As such, they are
  *       a very flexible aspect of HDF5; for example, a user-defined
  *       filter could provide encryption for an HDF5 dataset.
  *
  * \note A filter can be declared as either required or optional.
  *       Required is the default status; optional status must be
  *       explicitly declared.
  *
  * \note A required filter that fails or is not defined causes an
  *       entire output operation to fail; if it was applied when the
  *       data was written, such a filter will cause an input operation
  *       to fail.
  *
  * \note The following table summarizes required filter behavior.
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <th></th>
  *            <th>Required FILTER_X not available</th>
  *            <th>FILTER_X available</th>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>H5Pset_<FILTER_X></td>
  *            <td>Will fail.</td>
  *            <td>Will succeed.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>H5Dwrite with FILTER_X set</td>
  *            <td>Will fail.</td>
  *            <td>Will succeed; FILTER_X will be applied to
  *                the data.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>H5Dread with FILTER_X set</td>
  *            <td>Will fail.</td>
  *            <td>Will succeed.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  * \note An optional filter can be set for an HDF5 dataset even when
  *       the filter is not available. Such a filter can then be
  *       applied to the dataset when it becomes available on the
  *       original system or when the file containing the dataset is
  *       processed on a system on which it is available.
  *
  * \note A filter can be declared as optional through the use of the
  *       #H5Z_FLAG_OPTIONAL flag with H5Pset_filter().
  *
  * \note Consider a situation where one is creating files that will
  *       normally be used only on systems where the optional (and
  *       fictional) filter FILTER_Z is routinely available. One can
  *       create those files on system A, which lacks FILTER_Z, create
  *       chunked datasets in the files with FILTER_Z defined in the
  *       dataset creation property list, and even write data to those
  *       datasets. The dataset object header will indicate that FILTER_Z
  *       has been associated with this dataset. But since system A does
  *       not have FILTER_Z, dataset chunks will be written without it
  *       being applied.
  *
  * \note HDF5 has a mechanism for determining whether chunks are
  *       actually written with the filters specified in the object
  *       header, so while the filter remains unavailable, system A will
  *       be able to read the data. Once the file is moved to system B,
  *       where FILTER_Z is available, HDF5 will apply FILTER_Z to any
  *       data rewritten or new data written in these datasets. Dataset
  *       chunks that have been written on system B will then be
  *       unreadable on system A; chunks that have not been re-written
  *       since being written on system A will remain readable on system
  *       A. All chunks will be readable on system B.
  *
  * \note The following table summarizes optional filter behavior.
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <th></th>
  *            <th>FILTER_Z not available</th>
  *            <th>FILTER_Z available<br /> with encode and decode</th>
  *            <th>FILTER_Z available decode only</th>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>H5Pset_<FILTER_Z></td>
  *            <td>Will succeed.</td>
  *            <td>Will succeed.</td>
  *            <td>Will succeed.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>H5Dread with FILTER_Z set</td>
  *            <td>Will succeed if FILTER_Z has not actually<br />
  *                been applied to data.</td>
  *            <td>Will succeed.</td>
  *            <td>Will succeed.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>H5Dwrite with FILTER_Z set</td>
  *            <td>Will succeed;<br />
  *                FILTER_Z will not be applied to the data.</td>
  *            <td>Will succeed;<br />
  *            FILTER_Z will be applied to the data.</td>
  *            <td>Will succeed;<br />
  *            FILTER_Z will not be applied to the data.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  * \note The above principles apply generally in the use of HDF5
  *       optional filters insofar as HDF5 does as much as possible to
  *       complete an operation when an optional filter is unavailable.
  *       (The SZIP filter is an exception to this rule; see H5Pset_szip()
  *       for details.)
  *
  * \see \ref_filter_pipe, \ref_group_impls
  *
  * \version 1.8.5 Function applied to group creation property lists.
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_filter(hid_t plist_id, H5Z_filter_t filter, unsigned int flags, size_t cd_nelmts,
                             const unsigned int cd_values[]);
 /**
  * \ingroup OCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets up use of the Fletcher32 checksum filter
  *
  * \ocpl_id{plist_id}
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_fletcher32() sets the Fletcher32 checksum filter in the
  *          dataset or group creation property list \p plist_id.
  *
  * \attention The Fletcher32 EDC checksum filter was added in HDF5 Release
  *            1.6.0. In the original implementation, however, the checksum
  *            value was calculated incorrectly on little-endian systems.
  *            The error was fixed in HDF5 Release 1.6.3.
  *
  * \attention As a result of this fix, an HDF5 library of Release 1.6.0
  *            through Release 1.6.2 cannot read a dataset created or written
  *            with Release 1.6.3 or later if the dataset was created with
  *            the checksum filter and the filter is enabled in the reading
  *            library. (Libraries of Release 1.6.3 and later understand the
  *            earlier error and compensate appropriately.)
  *
  * \attention \b Work-around: An HDF5 library of Release 1.6.2 or earlier
  *            will be able to read a dataset created or written with the
  *            checksum filter by an HDF5 library of Release 1.6.3 or later
  *            if the checksum filter is disabled for the read operation.
  *            This can be accomplished via a call to H5Pset_edc_check()
  *            with the value #H5Z_DISABLE_EDC in the second parameter.
  *            This has the obvious drawback that the application will be
  *            unable to verify the checksum, but the data does remain
  *            accessible.
  *
  * \version 1.8.5 Function extended to work with group creation property
  *                lists.
  * \version 1.6.3 Error in checksum calculation on little-endian systems
  *                corrected in this release.
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_fletcher32(hid_t plist_id);
 /**
  * \ingroup OCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the recording of times associated with an object
  *
  * \param[in] plist_id    Object creation property list identifier
  * \param[in] track_times Boolean value, 1 or 0, specifying whether object
  *                        times are to be tracked
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_obj_track_times() sets a property in the object creation
  *          property list, \p plist_id, that governs the recording of times
  *          associated with an object.
  *
  *          If \p track_times is set to 1, time data will be recorded. If
  *          \p track_times is set to 0, time data will not be recorded.
  *
  *          Time data can be retrieved with H5Oget_info(), which will
  *          return it in the #H5O_info_t struct.
  *
  *          If times are not tracked, they will be reported as follows when queried:
  *            \TText{ 12:00 AM UDT, Jan. 1, 1970}
  *
  *          That date and time are commonly used to represent the beginning of the UNIX epoch.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_obj_track_times(hid_t plist_id, hbool_t track_times);
 
 /* File creation property list (FCPL) routines */
 /**
  * \ingroup FCPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the file space page size for a file creation property
  *        list
  *
  * \fcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] fsp_size  File space page size
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_file_space_page_size() retrieves the file space page
  *          size for paged aggregation in the parameter \p fsp_size.
  *
  *          The library default is 4KB (4096) if \p fsp_size is not
  *          previously set via a call to H5Pset_file_space_page_size().
  *
  * \since 1.10.1
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_file_space_page_size(hid_t plist_id, hsize_t *fsp_size);
 /**
  * \ingroup FCPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the file space handling strategy, persisting free-space
  *        condition and threshold value for a file creation property list
  *
  * \fcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] strategy  The file space handling strategy
  * \param[out] persist   The boolean value indicating whether free space is
  *                       persistent or not
  * \param[out] threshold The free-space section size threshold value
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_file_space_strategy() retrieves the file space handling
  *          strategy, the persisting free-space condition and the threshold
  *          value in the parameters \p strategy, \p persist and
  *          \p threshold respectively.
  *
  *          The library default values returned when
  *          H5Pset_file_space_strategy() has not been called are:
  *
  *          \li \p strategy  - #H5F_FSPACE_STRATEGY_FSM_AGGR
  *          \li \p persist   - 0
  *          \li \p threshold - 1
  *
  * \since 1.10.1
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_file_space_strategy(hid_t plist_id, H5F_fspace_strategy_t *strategy, hbool_t *persist,
                                          hsize_t *threshold);
 /**
  * \ingroup FCPL
  *
  * \brief Queries the 1/2 rank of an indexed storage B-tree
  *
  * \fcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] ik Pointer to location to return the chunked storage B-tree
  *                1/2 rank (<em>Default value of B-tree 1/2 rank: 32</em>)
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_istore_k() queries the 1/2 rank of an indexed storage
  *          B-tree.
  *
  *          The argument \p ik may be the null pointer (NULL).
  *          This function is valid only for file creation property lists.
  *
  * \see H5Pset_istore_k()
  *
  * \version 1.6.4 \p ik parameter type changed to \em unsigned.
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_istore_k(hid_t plist_id, unsigned *ik /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup FCPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the configuration settings for a shared message index
  *
  * \fcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in]  index_num       Index being configured
  * \param[out] mesg_type_flags Types of messages that may be stored in
  *                             this index
  * \param[out] min_mesg_size   Minimum message size
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_shared_mesg_index() retrieves the message type and
  *          minimum message size settings from the file creation property
  *          list \p plist_id for the shared object header message index
  *          specified by \p index_num.
  *
  *          \p index_num specifies the index. \p index_num is zero-indexed,
  *          so in a file with three indexes, they will be numbered 0, 1,
  *          and 2.
  *
  *          \p mesg_type_flags and \p min_mesg_size will contain,
  *          respectively, the types of messages and the minimum size, in
  *          bytes, of messages that can be stored in this index.
  *
  *          Valid message types are described in H5Pset_shared_mesg_index().
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_shared_mesg_index(hid_t plist_id, unsigned index_num, unsigned *mesg_type_flags,
                                        unsigned *min_mesg_size);
 /**
  * \ingroup FCPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the number of shared object header message indexes in file
  *        creation property list
  *
  * \fcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] nindexes  Number of shared object header message indexes
  *                       available in files created with this property list
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_shared_mesg_nindexes() retrieves the number of shared
  *          object header message indexes in the specified file creation
  *          property list \p plist_id.
  *
  *          If the value of \p nindexes is 0 (zero), shared object header
  *          messages are disabled in files created with this property list.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_shared_mesg_nindexes(hid_t plist_id, unsigned *nindexes);
 /**
  * \ingroup FCPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves shared object header message phase change information
  *
  * \fcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] max_list  Threshold above which storage of a shared object
  *                       header message index shifts from list to B-tree
  * \param[out] min_btree Threshold below which storage of a shared object
  *                       header message index reverts to list format
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_shared_mesg_phase_change() retrieves the threshold values
  *          for storage of shared object header message indexes in a file.
  *          These phase change thresholds determine the point at which the
  *          index storage mechanism changes from a more compact list format
  *          to a more performance-oriented B-tree format, and vice-versa.
  *
  *          By default, a shared object header message index is initially
  *          stored as a compact list. When the number of messages in an
  *          index exceeds the specified \p max_list threshold, storage
  *          switches to a B-tree format for improved performance. If the
  *          number of messages subsequently falls below the \p min_btree
  *          threshold, the index will revert to the list format.
  *
  *          If \p max_list is set to 0 (zero), shared object header message
  *          indexes in the file will always be stored as B-trees.
  *
  *          \p plist_id specifies the file creation property list.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_shared_mesg_phase_change(hid_t plist_id, unsigned *max_list, unsigned *min_btree);
 /**
  * \ingroup FCPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the size of the offsets and lengths used in an HDF5
  *        file
  *
  * \fcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] sizeof_addr Pointer to location to return offset size in
  *             bytes
  * \param[out] sizeof_size Pointer to location to return length size in
  *             bytes
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_sizes() retrieves the size of the offsets and lengths
  *          used in an HDF5 file. This function is only valid for file
  *          creation property lists.
  *
  * \since  1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_sizes(hid_t plist_id, size_t *sizeof_addr /*out*/, size_t *sizeof_size /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup FCPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the size of the symbol table B-tree 1/2 rank and the
  *        symbol table leaf node 1/2 size
  *
  * \fcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] ik Pointer to location to return the symbol table's B-tree
  *                1/2 rank (<em>Default value of B-tree 1/2 rank: 16</em>)
  * \param[out] lk Pointer to location to return the symbol table's leaf
  *                node 1/2 size (<em>Default value of leaf node 1/2
  *                size: 4</em>)
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_sym_k() retrieves the size of the symbol table B-tree
  *          1/2 rank and the symbol table leaf node 1/2 size.
  *
  *          This function is valid only for file creation property lists.
  *
  *          If a parameter value is set to NULL, that parameter is not
  *          retrieved.
  *
  * \see H5Pset_sym_k()
  *
  * \version 1.6.4 \p ik parameter type changed to \em unsigned
  * \version 1.6.0 The \p ik parameter has changed from type int to
  *                \em unsigned
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_sym_k(hid_t plist_id, unsigned *ik /*out*/, unsigned *lk /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup FCPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the size of a user block
  *
  * \fcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] size  Pointer to location to return user-block size
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_userblock() retrieves the size of a user block in a
  *          file creation property list.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_userblock(hid_t plist_id, hsize_t *size);
 /**
  * \ingroup FCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the file space page size for a file creation property list
  *
  * \fcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in]   fsp_size    File space page size
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_file_space_page_size() sets the file space page size
  *          \p fsp_size used in paged aggregation and paged buffering.
  *
  *          \p fsp_size has a minimum size of 512. Setting a value less
  *          than 512 will return an error. The library default size for
  *          the file space page size when not set is 4096.
  *
  *          The size set via this routine may not be changed for the life
  *          of the file.
  *
  * \since 1.10.1
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_file_space_page_size(hid_t plist_id, hsize_t fsp_size);
 /**
  * \ingroup FCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the file space handling strategy and persisting free-space
  *        values for a file creation property list
  *
  * \fcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] strategy  The file space handling strategy to be used. See:
  *                      #H5F_fspace_strategy_t
  * \param[in] persist   A boolean value to indicate whether free space
  *                      should be persistent or not
  * \param[in] threshold The smallest free-space section size that the free
  *                      space manager will track
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_file_space_strategy() sets the file space handling
  *          \p strategy, specifies persisting free-space or not (\p persist),
  *          and sets the free-space section size \p threshold in the file
  *          creation property list \p plist_id.
  *
  *          #H5F_fspace_strategy_t is a struct defined in H5Fpublic.h as
  *          follows:
  *
  *          \snippet H5Fpublic.h H5F_fspace_strategy_t_snip
  *
  *          This setting cannot be changed for the life of the file.
  *
  *          As the #H5F_FSPACE_STRATEGY_AGGR and #H5F_FSPACE_STRATEGY_NONE
  *          strategies do not use the free-space managers, the \p persist
  *          and \p threshold settings will be ignored for those strategies.
  *
  * \since 1.10.1
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_file_space_strategy(hid_t plist_id, H5F_fspace_strategy_t strategy, hbool_t persist,
                                          hsize_t threshold);
 /**
  * \ingroup FCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the size of the parameter used to control the B-trees for
  *        indexing chunked datasets
  *
  * \fcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in]  ik 1/2 rank of chunked storage B-tree
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_istore_k() sets the size of the parameter used to
  *          control the B-trees for indexing chunked datasets. This
  *          function is valid only for file creation property lists.
  *
  *          \p ik is one half the rank of a tree that stores chunked
  *          raw data. On average, such a tree will be 75% full, or have
  *          an average rank of 1.5 times the value of \p ik.
  *
  *          The HDF5 library uses (\p ik*2) as the maximum # of entries
  *          before splitting a B-tree node. Since only 2 bytes are used
  *          in storing # of entries for a B-tree node in an HDF5 file,
  *          (\p ik*2) cannot exceed 65536. The default value for
  *          \p ik is 32.
  *
  * \version 1.6.4 \p ik parameter type changed to \p unsigned.
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_istore_k(hid_t plist_id, unsigned ik);
 /**
  * \ingroup FCPL
  *
  * \brief Configures the specified shared object header message index
  *
  * \fcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] index_num       Index being configured
  * \param[in] mesg_type_flags Types of messages that should be stored in
  *                            this index
  * \param[in] min_mesg_size   Minimum message size
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_shared_mesg_index() is used to configure the specified
  *          shared object header message index, setting the types of
  *          messages that may be stored in the index and the minimum size
  *          of each message.
  *
  *          \p plist_id specifies the file creation property list.
  *
  *          \p index_num specifies the index to be configured.
  *          \p index_num is zero-indexed, so in a file with three indexes,
  *          they will be numbered 0, 1, and 2.
  *
  *          \p mesg_type_flags and \p min_mesg_size specify, respectively,
  *          the types and minimum size of messages that can be stored in
  *          this index.
  *
  *          Valid message types are as follows:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5O_SHMESG_NONE_FLAG</td>
  *            <td>No shared messages</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5O_SHMESG_SDSPACE_FLAG</td>
  *            <td>Simple dataspace message</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5O_SHMESG_DTYPE_FLAG</td>
  *            <td>Datatype message</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5O_SHMESG_FILL_FLAG</td>
  *            <td>Fill value message</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5O_SHMESG_PLINE_FLAG</td>
  *            <td>Filter pipeline message</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5O_SHMESG_ATTR_FLAG</td>
  *            <td>Attribute message</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5O_SHMESG_ALL_FLAG</td>
  *            <td>All message types; i.e., equivalent to the following:
  *            (#H5O_SHMESG_SDSPACE_FLAG | #H5O_SHMESG_DTYPE_FLAG |
  *             #H5O_SHMESG_FILL_FLAG | #H5O_SHMESG_PLINE_FLAG |
  *             #H5O_SHMESG_ATTR_FLAG)</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_shared_mesg_index(hid_t plist_id, unsigned index_num, unsigned mesg_type_flags,
                                        unsigned min_mesg_size);
 /**
  * \ingroup FCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets number of shared object header message indexes
  *
  * \fcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] nindexes Number of shared object header message indexes to be
  *                     available in files created with this property list
  *                     (\p nindexes must be <= #H5O_SHMESG_MAX_NINDEXES (8))
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_shared_mesg_nindexes() sets the number of shared object
  *          header message indexes in the specified file creation property
  *          list.
  *
  *          This setting determines the number of shared object header
  *          message indexes, \p nindexes, that will be available in files
  *          created with this property list. These indexes can then be
  *          configured with H5Pset_shared_mesg_index().
  *
  *          If \p nindexes is set to 0 (zero), shared object header messages
  *          are disabled in files created with this property list.
  *
  *          There is a limit of #H5O_SHMESG_MAX_NINDEXES (8) that can be set
  *          with H5Pset_shared_mesg_nindexes(). An error will occur if
  *          specifying a value of \p nindexes that is greater than this value.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_shared_mesg_nindexes(hid_t plist_id, unsigned nindexes);
 /**
  * \ingroup FCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets shared object header message storage phase change thresholds
  *
  * \fcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] max_list  Threshold above which storage of a shared object
  *                      header message index shifts from list to B-tree
  * \param[in] min_btree Threshold below which storage of a shared object
  *                      header message index reverts to list format
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_shared_mesg_phase_change() sets threshold values for
  *          storage of shared object header message indexes in a file.
  *          These phase change thresholds determine the point at which the
  *          index storage mechanism changes from a more compact list format
  *          to a more performance-oriented B-tree format, and vice-versa.
  *
  *          By default, a shared object header message index is initially
  *          stored as a compact list. When the number of messages in an
  *          index exceeds the threshold value of \p max_list, storage
  *          switches to a B-tree for improved performance. If the number
  *          of messages subsequently falls below the \p min_btree threshold,
  *          the index will revert to the list format.
  *
  *          If \p max_list is set to 0 (zero), shared object header message
  *          indexes in the file will be created as B-trees and will never
  *          revert to lists.
  *
  *          \p plist_id specifies the file creation property list.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_shared_mesg_phase_change(hid_t plist_id, unsigned max_list, unsigned min_btree);
 /**
  * \ingroup FCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the byte size of the offsets and lengths used to address
  *        objects in an HDF5 file
  *
  * \fcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] sizeof_addr Size of an object offset in bytes
  * \param[in] sizeof_size Size of an object length in bytes
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_sizes() sets the byte size of the offsets and lengths
  *          used to address objects in an HDF5 file. This function is only
  *          valid for file creation property lists. Passing in a value
  *          of 0 for one of the parameters retains the current value. The
  *          default value for both values is the same as sizeof(hsize_t)
  *          in the library (normally 8 bytes). Valid values currently
  *          are 2, 4, 8 and 16.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_sizes(hid_t plist_id, size_t sizeof_addr, size_t sizeof_size);
 /**
  * \ingroup FCPL
  *
  * \brief
  *
  * \fcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] ik Symbol table tree rank
  * \param[in] lk Symbol table node size
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_sym_k() sets the size of parameters used to control the
  *          symbol table nodes.
  *
  *          This function is valid only for file creation property lists.
  *          Passing in a value of zero (0) for one of the parameters retains
  *          the current value.
  *
  *          \p ik is one half the rank of a B-tree that stores a symbol
  *          table for a group. Internal nodes of the symbol table are on
  *          average 75% full. That is, the average rank of the tree is
  *          1.5 times the value of \p ik. The HDF5 library uses (\p ik*2) as
  *          the maximum # of entries before splitting a B-tree node. Since
  *          only 2 bytes are used in storing # of entries for a B-tree node
  *          in an HDF5 file, (\p ik*2) cannot exceed 65536. The default value
  *          for \p ik is 16.
  *
  *          \p lk is one half of the number of symbols that can be stored in
  *          a symbol table node. A symbol table node is the leaf of a symbol
  *          table tree which is used to store a group. When symbols are
  *          inserted randomly into a group, the group's symbol table nodes are
  *          75% full on average. That is, they contain 1.5 times the number of
  *          symbols specified by \p lk. The default value for \p lk is 4.
  *
  * \version 1.6.4 \p ik parameter type changed to \em unsigned.
  * \version 1.6.0 The \p ik parameter has changed from type int to
  *          \em unsigned.
  *
  * \since  1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_sym_k(hid_t plist_id, unsigned ik, unsigned lk);
 /**
  * \ingroup FCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets user block size
  *
  * \fcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] size Size of the user-block in bytes
  *
  * \return  \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_userblock() sets the user block size of a file creation
  *          property list. The default user block size is 0; it may be set
  *          to any power of 2 equal to 512 or greater (512, 1024, 2048, etc.).
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_userblock(hid_t plist_id, hsize_t size);
 
 /* File access property list (FAPL) routines */
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the current settings for alignment properties from a
  *        file access property list
  *
  * \fapl_id
  * \param[out] threshold Pointer to location of return threshold value
  * \param[out] alignment Pointer to location of return alignment value
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_alignment() retrieves the current settings for
  *          alignment properties from a file access property list. The
  *          \p threshold and/or \p alignment pointers may be null
  *          pointers (NULL).
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_alignment(hid_t fapl_id, hsize_t *threshold /*out*/, hsize_t *alignment /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Queries the raw data chunk cache parameters
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in,out] mdc_nelmts  <i>No longer used</i>
  * \param[in,out] rdcc_nslots Number of elements (objects) in the raw data
  *                            chunk cache
  * \param[in,out] rdcc_nbytes Total size of the raw data chunk cache, in
  *                            bytes
  * \param[in,out] rdcc_w0     Preemption policy
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_cache() retrieves the maximum possible number of
  *          elements in the raw data chunk cache, the maximum possible
  *          number of bytes in the raw data chunk cache, and the
  *          preemption policy value.
  *
  *          Any (or all) arguments may be null pointers, in which case
  *          the corresponding datum is not returned.
  *
  *          Note that the \p mdc_nelmts parameter is no longer used.
  *
  * \version 1.8.0 Use of the \p mdc_nelmts parameter discontinued.
  *                Metadata cache configuration is managed with
  *                H5Pset_mdc_config() and H5Pget_mdc_config()
  * \version 1.6.0 The \p rdcc_nbytes and \p rdcc_nslots parameters changed
  *                from type int to size_t.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_cache(hid_t plist_id, int *mdc_nelmts, /* out */
                            size_t *rdcc_nslots /*out*/, size_t *rdcc_nbytes /*out*/, double *rdcc_w0);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Gets information about the write tracking feature used by
  *        the core VFD
  *
  * \fapl_id
  * \param[out] is_enabled Whether the feature is enabled
  * \param[out] page_size  Size, in bytes, of write aggregation pages
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_core_write_tracking() retrieves information about the
  *          write tracking feature used by the core VFD.
  *
  *          When a file is created or opened for writing using the core
  *          virtual file driver (VFD) with the backing store option turned
  *          on, the VFD can be configured to track changes to the file
  *          and only write out the modified bytes. To avoid a large number
  *          of small writes, the changes can be aggregated into pages of
  *          a user-specified size. The core VFD is also known as the
  *          memory VFD. The driver identifier is #H5FD_CORE.
  *
  * \note This function is only for use with the core VFD and must be used
  *       after the call to H5Pset_fapl_core(). It is an error to use this
  *       function with any other VFD.
  *
  * \note This function only applies to the backing store write operation,
  *       which typically occurs when the file is flushed or closed. This
  *       function has no relationship to the increment parameter passed
  *       to H5Pset_fapl_core().
  *
  * \note For optimum performance, the \p page_size parameter should be
  *       a power of two.
  *
  * \since 1.8.13
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_core_write_tracking(hid_t fapl_id, hbool_t *is_enabled, size_t *page_size);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Returns low-lever driver identifier
  *
  * \plist_id
  *
  * \return \hid_t{low level driver}
  *
  * \details H5Pget_driver() returns the identifier of the low-level file
  *          driver associated with the file access property list or
  *          data transfer property list \p plist_id.
  *
  *          Valid driver identifiers distributed with HDF5 are listed and
  *          described in the following table.
  * <div>
  *          \snippet{doc} tables/fileDriverLists.dox supported_file_driver_table
  * </div>
  *
  *          This list does not include custom drivers that might be
  *          defined and registered by a user.
  *
  *          The returned driver identifier is only valid as long as the
  *          file driver remains registered.
  *
  *
  * \since 1.2.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL hid_t H5Pget_driver(hid_t plist_id);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Returns a pointer to file driver information
  *
  * \param[in] plist_id File access or data transfer property list
  *                     identifier
  *
  * \return Returns a pointer to a struct containing low-level driver
  *         information. Otherwise returns NULL. NULL is also returned if
  *         no driver-specific properties have been registered. No error
  *         is pushed on the stack in this case.
  *
  * \details H5Pget_driver_info() returns a pointer to file driver-specific
  *          information for the low-level driver associated with the file
  *          access or data transfer property list \p plist_id.
  *
  *          The pointer returned by this function points to an “uncopied”
  *          struct. Driver-specific versions of that struct are defined
  *          for each low-level driver in the relevant source code file
  *          H5FD*.c. For example, the struct used for the MULTI driver is
  *          \c H5FD_multi_fapl_t defined in H5FDmulti.c.
  *
  *          If no driver-specific properties have been registered,
  *          H5Pget_driver_info() returns NULL.
  *
  * \note H5Pget_driver_info() and H5Pset_driver() are used only when
  *       creating a virtual file driver (VFD) in the virtual file
  *       layer (VFL).
  *
  * \version 1.10.1 Return value was changed from \em void * to
  *                 \em const \em void *.
  * \version 1.8.2 Function publicized in this release; previous releases
  *                described this function only in the virtual file driver
  *                documentation.
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL const void *H5Pget_driver_info(hid_t plist_id);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves a string representation of the configuration for
  *        the driver set on the given FAPL. The returned string can
  *        be used to configure the same driver in an identical way.
  *
  * \fapl_id
  * \param[out] config_buf Driver configuration string output buffer
  * \param[in]  buf_size Size of driver configuration string output buffer
  *
  * \return Returns the length of the driver configuration string on
  *         success (not including the NUL terminator). Returns negative
  *         on failure.
  *
  * \details H5Pget_driver_config_str() retrieves a string representation
  *          of the configuration for the driver set on the given FAPL. The
  *          returned string can be used to configure the same driver in
  *          an identical way.
  *
  *          If \p config_buf is NULL, the length of the driver configuration
  *          string is simply returned. The caller can then allocate a buffer
  *          of the appropriate size and call this routine again.
  *
  * \since 1.14.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL ssize_t H5Pget_driver_config_str(hid_t fapl_id, char *config_buf, size_t buf_size);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the size of the external link open file cache
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] efc_size External link open file cache size in number of files
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_elink_file_cache_size() retrieves the number of files that
  *          can be held open in an external link open file cache.
  *
  * \since 1.8.7
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_elink_file_cache_size(hid_t plist_id, unsigned *efc_size);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the file access property list setting that determines
  *        whether an HDF5 object will be evicted from the library's metadata
  *        cache when it is closed
  *
  * \fapl_id
  * \param[out] evict_on_close Pointer to a variable that will indicate if
  *                            the object will be evicted on close
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details The library's metadata cache is fairly conservative about holding on
  *          to HDF5 object metadata (object headers, chunk index structures,
  *          etc.), which can cause the cache size to grow, resulting in memory
  *          pressure on an application or system. When enabled, the "evict on
  *          close" property will cause all metadata for an object to be
  *          immediately evicted from the cache as long as it is not referenced
  *          by any other open object.
  *
  *          See H5Pset_evict_on_close() for additional notes on behavior.
  *
  * \since 1.10.1
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_evict_on_close(hid_t fapl_id, hbool_t *evict_on_close);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves a data offset from the file access property list
  *
  * \fapl_id
  * \param[out] offset Offset in bytes within the HDF5 file
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_family_offset() retrieves the value of offset from the
  *          file access property list \p fapl_id so that the user
  *          application can retrieve a file handle for low-level access to
  *          a particular member of a family of files. The file handle is
  *          retrieved with a separate call to H5Fget_vfd_handle() (or,
  *          in special circumstances, to H5FDget_vfd_handle(), see \ref VFL).
  *
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_family_offset(hid_t fapl_id, hsize_t *offset);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Returns the file close degree
  *
  * \fapl_id
  * \param[out] degree Pointer to a location to which to return the file
  *                    close degree property, the value of \p degree
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_fclose_degree() returns the current setting of the file
  *          close degree property \p degree in the file access property
  *          list \p fapl_id. The value of \p degree determines how
  *          aggressively H5Fclose() deals with objects within a file that
  *          remain open when H5Fclose() is called to close that file.
  *
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_fclose_degree(hid_t fapl_id, H5F_close_degree_t *degree);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves a copy of the file image designated as the initial content
  *        and structure of a file
  *
  * \fapl_id
  * \param[in,out] buf_ptr_ptr On input, \c NULL or a pointer to a
  *                pointer to a buffer that contains the
  *                file image.\n On successful return, if \p buf_ptr_ptr is not
  *                \c NULL, \TText{*buf_ptr_ptr} will contain a pointer to a copy
  *                of the initial image provided in the last call to
  *                H5Pset_file_image() for the supplied \p fapl_id. If no initial
  *                image has been set, \TText{*buf_ptr_ptr} will be \c NULL.
  * \param[in,out] buf_len_ptr On input, \c NULL or a pointer to a buffer
  *                specifying the required size of the buffer to hold the file
  *                image.\n On successful return, if \p buf_len_ptr was not
  *                passed in as \c NULL, \p buf_len_ptr will return the required
  *                size in bytes of the buffer to hold the initial file image in
  *                the supplied file access property list, \p fapl_id. If no
  *                initial image is set, the value of \TText{*buf_len_ptr} will be
  *                set to 0 (zero)
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_file_image() allows an application to retrieve a copy of the
  *          file image designated for a VFD to use as the initial contents of a file.
  *
  *          If file image callbacks are defined, H5Pget_file_image() will use
  *          them when allocating and loading the buffer to return to the
  *          application (see H5Pset_file_image_callbacks()). If file image
  *          callbacks are not defined, the function will use \c malloc and \c
  *          memcpy. When \c malloc and \c memcpy are used, it is the caller's
  *          responsibility to discard the returned buffer with a call to \c
  *          free.
  *
  *          It is the responsibility of the calling application to free the
  *          buffer whose address is returned in \p buf_ptr_ptr. This can be
  *          accomplished with \c free if file image callbacks have not been set
  *          (see H5Pset_file_image_callbacks()) or with the appropriate method
  *          if file image callbacks have been set.
  *
  * \see H5LTopen_file_image(), H5Fget_file_image(), H5Pset_file_image(),
  *      H5Pset_file_image_callbacks(), H5Pget_file_image_callbacks(),
  *      \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t, \ref H5FD_file_image_op_t,
  *      <a href="https://\DOCURL/advanced_topics/file_image_ops.md">
  *      HDF5 File Image Operations</a>.
  *
  *
  * \since 1.8.9
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_file_image(hid_t fapl_id, void **buf_ptr_ptr, size_t *buf_len_ptr);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves callback routines for working with file images
  *
  * \fapl_id
  * \param[in,out] callbacks_ptr Pointer to the instance of the
  *                #H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t struct in which the callback
  *                routines are to be returned\n
  *                Struct fields must be initialized to NULL before the call
  *                is made.\n
  *                Struct field contents upon return will match those passed in
  *                in the last H5Pset_file_image_callbacks() call for the file
  *                access property list \p fapl_id.
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_file_image_callbacks() retrieves the callback routines set for
  *          working with file images opened with the file access property list
  *          \p fapl_id.
  *
  *          The callbacks must have been previously set with
  *          H5Pset_file_image_callbacks() in the file access property list.
  *
  *          Upon the successful return of H5Pset_file_image_callbacks(), the
  *          fields in the instance of the #H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t struct
  *          pointed to by \p callbacks_ptr will contain the same values as were
  *          passed in the most recent H5Pset_file_image_callbacks() call for the
  *          file access property list \p fapl_id.
  *
  * \see H5LTopen_file_image(), H5Fget_file_image(), H5Pset_file_image(),
  *      H5Pset_file_image_callbacks(), H5Pget_file_image_callbacks(),
  *      \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t, \ref H5FD_file_image_op_t,
  *      <a href="https://\DOCURL/advanced_topics/file_image_ops.md">
  *      HDF5 File Image Operations</a>.
  *
  * \since 1.8.9
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_file_image_callbacks(hid_t fapl_id, H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t *callbacks_ptr);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the file locking property values
  *
  * \fapl_id
  * \param[out] use_file_locking File locking flag
  * \param[out] ignore_when_disabled Ignore when disabled flag
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_file_locking() retrieves the file locking property values for
  *          the file access property list specified by \p fapl_id.
  *
  * \since 1.10.7
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_file_locking(hid_t fapl_id, hbool_t *use_file_locking, hbool_t *ignore_when_disabled);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Returns garbage collecting references setting
  *
  * \fapl_id
  * \param[out] gc_ref Flag returning the state of reference garbage
  *                    collection. A returned value of 1 indicates that
  *                    garbage collection is on while 0 indicates that
  *                    garbage collection is off.
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_gc_references() returns the current setting for the
  *          garbage collection references property from the specified
  *          file access property list. The garbage collection references
  *          property is set by H5Pset_gc_references().
  *
  * \since 1.2.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_gc_references(hid_t fapl_id, unsigned *gc_ref /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves library version bounds settings that indirectly control
  *        the format versions used when creating objects
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] low  The earliest version of the library that will be used
  *                  for writing objects
  * \param[out] high The latest version of the library that will be used for
  *                  writing objects
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_libver_bounds() retrieves the lower and upper bounds on
  *          the HDF5 library release versions that indirectly determine the
  *          object format versions used when creating objects in the file.
  *
  *          This property is retrieved from the file access property list
  *          specified by the parameter \p fapl_id.
  *
  *          The value returned in the parameters \p low and \p high is one
  *          of the enumerated values in the #H5F_libver_t struct, which is
  *          defined in H5Fpublic.h.
  *
  * \version 1.10.2 Add #H5F_LIBVER_V18 to the enumerated defines in
  *                 #H5F_libver_t
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_libver_bounds(hid_t plist_id, H5F_libver_t *low, H5F_libver_t *high);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Get the current initial metadata cache configuration from the
  *        provided file access property list
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in,out] config_ptr Pointer to the instance of #H5AC_cache_config_t
  *                in which the current metadata cache configuration is to be
  *                reported
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \note The \c in direction applies only to the \ref H5AC_cache_config_t.version
  *       field. All other fields are \c out parameters.
  *
  * \details The fields of the #H5AC_cache_config_t structure are shown
  *           below:
  *           \snippet H5ACpublic.h H5AC_cache_config_t_snip
  *           \click4more
  *
  *          H5Pget_mdc_config() gets the initial metadata cache configuration
  *          contained in a file access property list and loads it into the
  *          instance of #H5AC_cache_config_t pointed to by the \p config_ptr
  *          parameter. This configuration is used when the file is opened.
  *
  *          Note that the version field of \TText{*config_ptr} must be
  *          initialized; this allows the library to support earlier versions of
  *          the #H5AC_cache_config_t structure.
  *
  *          See the overview of the metadata cache in the special topics section
  *          of the user guide for details on the configuration data returned. If
  *          you haven't read and understood that documentation, the results of
  *          this call will not make much sense.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_mdc_config(hid_t plist_id, H5AC_cache_config_t *config_ptr); /* out */
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the metadata cache image configuration values for a file
  *        access property list
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] config_ptr Pointer to metadata cache image configuration values
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_mdc_image_config() retrieves the metadata cache image values
  *          into \p config_ptr for the file access property list specified in \p
  *          plist_id.
  *
  *          #H5AC_cache_image_config_t is defined as follows:
  *          \snippet H5ACpublic.h H5AC_cache_image_config_t_snip
  *          \click4more
  *
  * \since 1.10.1
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_mdc_image_config(hid_t plist_id, H5AC_cache_image_config_t *config_ptr /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Gets metadata cache logging options
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] is_enabled Flag whether logging is enabled
  * \param[out] location Location of log in UTF-8/ASCII (file path/name) (On
  *             Windows, this must be ASCII)
  * \param[out] location_size Size in bytes of the location string
  * \param[out] start_on_access Whether the logging begins as soon as the file is
  *             opened or created
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details The metadata cache is a central part of the HDF5 library through
  *          which all file metadata reads and writes take place. File metadata
  *          is normally invisible to the user and is used by the library for
  *          purposes such as locating and indexing data. File metadata should
  *          not be confused with user metadata, which consists of attributes
  *          created by users and attached to HDF5 objects such as datasets via
  *          \ref H5A API calls.
  *
  *          Due to the complexity of the cache, a trace/logging feature has been
  *          created that can be used by HDF5 developers for debugging and
  *          performance analysis. The functions that control this functionality
  *          will normally be of use to a very limited number of developers
  *          outside of The HDF Group. The functions have been documented to help
  *          users create logs that can be sent with bug reports.
  *
  *          Control of the log functionality is straightforward. Logging is
  *          enabled via the H5Pset_mdc_log_options() function, which will modify
  *          the file access property list used to open or create a file. This
  *          function has a flag that determines whether logging begins at file
  *          open or starts in a paused state. Log messages can then be
  *          controlled via the H5Fstart_mdc_logging() / H5Fstop_mdc_logging()
  *          functions. H5Pget_mdc_log_options() can be used to examine a file
  *          access property list, and H5Fget_mdc_logging_status() will return
  *          the current state of the logging flags.
  *
  *          The log format is described in the
  *           <a href="https://bit.ly/2PG6fNv">Metadata Cache Logging</a> document.
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_mdc_log_options(hid_t plist_id, hbool_t *is_enabled, char *location,
                                      size_t *location_size, hbool_t *start_on_access);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Returns the current metadata block size setting
  *
  * \fapl_id{fapl_id}
  * \param[out] size Minimum size, in bytes, of metadata block allocations
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details Returns the current minimum size, in bytes, of new
  *          metadata block allocations. This setting is retrieved from the
  *          file access property list \p fapl_id.
  *
  *          This value is set by H5Pset_meta_block_size() and is
  *          retrieved from the file access property list \p fapl_id.
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_meta_block_size(hid_t fapl_id, hsize_t *size);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the number of read attempts from a file access
  *        property list
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] attempts The number of read attempts
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_metadata_read_attempts() retrieves the number of read
  *          attempts that is set in the file access property list \p plist_id.
  *
  *          For a default file access property list, the value retrieved
  *          will depend on whether the user sets the number of attempts via
  *          H5Pset_metadata_read_attempts():
  *
  *          <ul>
  *
  *          <li>If the number of attempts is set to N, the value
  *          returned will be N.
  *          <li>If the number of attempts is not set, the value returned
  *          will be the default for non-SWMR access (1). SWMR is short
  *          for single-writer/multiple-reader.
  *          </ul>
  *
  *          For the file access property list of a specified HDF5 file,
  *          the value retrieved will depend on how the file is opened
  *          and whether the user sets the number of read attempts via
  *          H5Pset_metadata_read_attempts():
  *
  *          <ul>
  *          <li>For a file opened with SWMR access:
  *
  *          <ul>
  *              <li> If the number of attempts is set to N, the value
  *              returned will be N.
  *              <li> If the number of attempts is not set, the value
  *              returned will be the default for SWMR access (100).
  *          </ul>
  *          <li>For a file opened without SWMR access, the value
  *          retrieved will always be the default for non-SWMR access
  *          (1). The value set via H5Pset_metadata_read_attempts() does
  *          not have any effect on non-SWMR access.
  *          </ul>
  *
  * \par Failure Modes
  * \parblock
  *
  * When the input property list is not a file access property list.
  *
  * When the library is unable to retrieve the number of read attempts from
  * the file access property list.
  *
  * \endparblock
  *
  * \par Examples
  * \parblock
  *
  * The first example illustrates the two cases for retrieving the number
  * of read attempts from a default file access property list.
  *
  * \include H5Pget_metadata_read_attempts.1.c
  *
  * The second example illustrates the two cases for retrieving the
  * number of read attempts from the file access property list of a file
  * opened with SWMR access.
  *
  * \include H5Pget_metadata_read_attempts.2.c
  *
  * The third example illustrates the two cases for retrieving the number
  * of read attempts from the file access property list of a file opened
  * with non-SWMR access.
  *
  * \include H5Pget_metadata_read_attempts.3.c
  *
  * \endparblock
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_metadata_read_attempts(hid_t plist_id, unsigned *attempts);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves type of data property for MULTI driver
  *
  * \param[in]  fapl_id File access property list or data transfer property
  *                     list identifier
  * \param[out] type    Type of data
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_multi_type() retrieves the type of data setting from
  *          the file access or data transfer property list \p fapl_id.
  *          This enables a user application to specify the type of data
  *          the application wishes to access so that the application can
  *          retrieve a file handle for low-level access to the particular
  *          member of a set of MULTI files in which that type of data is
  *          stored. The file handle is retrieved with a separate call to
  *          H5Fget_vfd_handle() (or, in special circumstances, to
  *          H5FDget_vfd_handle(); see the Virtual File Layer documentation
  *          for more information.
  *
  *          The type of data returned in \p type will be one of those
  *          listed in the discussion of the \p type parameter in the
  *          description of the function H5Pset_multi_type().
  *
  *          Use of this function is only appropriate for an HDF5 file
  *          written as a set of files with the MULTI file driver.
  *
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_multi_type(hid_t fapl_id, H5FD_mem_t *type);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the object flush property values from the file access property list
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] func The user-defined callback function
  * \param[in] udata The user-defined input data for the callback function
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_object_flush_cb() gets the user-defined callback
  *          function that is set in the file access property list
  *          \p fapl_id and stored in the parameter \p func. The callback is
  *          invoked whenever an object flush occurs in the file. This
  *          routine also obtains the user-defined input data that is
  *          passed along to the callback function in the parameter
  *          \p udata.
  *
  * \par Example
  * \parblock
  * The example below illustrates the usage of this routine to obtain the
  * object flush property values.
  *
  * \include H5Pget_object_flush_cb.c
  * \endparblock
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_object_flush_cb(hid_t plist_id, H5F_flush_cb_t *func, void **udata);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the maximum size for the page buffer and the minimum
           percentage for metadata and raw data pages
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] buf_size Maximum size, in bytes, of the page buffer
  * \param[out] min_meta_perc Minimum metadata percentage to keep in the
  *             page buffer before allowing pages containing metadata to
  *             be evicted
  *
  * \param[out] min_raw_perc Minimum raw data percentage to keep in the
  *             page buffer before allowing pages containing raw data to
  *             be evicted
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_page_buffer_size() retrieves \p buf_size, the maximum
  *          size in bytes of the page buffer, \p min_meta_perc, the
  *          minimum metadata percentage, and \p min_raw_perc, the
  *          minimum raw data percentage.
  *
  * \since 1.10.1
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_page_buffer_size(hid_t plist_id, size_t *buf_size, unsigned *min_meta_perc,
                                       unsigned *min_raw_perc);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Returns maximum data sieve buffer size
  *
  * \fapl_id{fapl_id}
  * \param[out] size Maximum size, in bytes, of data sieve buffer
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_sieve_buf_size() retrieves, size, the current maximum
  *          size of the data sieve buffer.
  *
  *          This value is set by H5Pset_sieve_buf_size() and is retrieved
  *          from the file access property list fapl_id.
  *
  * \version 1.6.0 The \p size parameter has changed from type \c hsize_t
  *                to \c size_t
  * \since 1.4.0
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_sieve_buf_size(hid_t fapl_id, size_t *size /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the current small data block size setting
  *
  * \fapl_id{fapl_id}
  * \param[out] size Maximum size, in bytes, of the small data block
  *
  * \result \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_small_data_block_size() retrieves the current setting
  *          for the size of the small data block.
  *
  *          If the returned value is zero (0), the small data block
  *          mechanism has been disabled for the file.
  *
  * \since 1.4.4
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_small_data_block_size(hid_t fapl_id, hsize_t *size /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Returns the identifier of the current VOL connector
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] vol_id  Current VOL connector identifier
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_vol_id() returns the VOL connector identifier \p vol_id for
  *          the file access property list \p plist_id. This identifier should
  *          be closed with H5VLclose().
  *
  * \since 1.12.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_vol_id(hid_t plist_id, hid_t *vol_id);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Returns a copy of the VOL information for a connector
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out]  vol_info  The VOL information for a connector
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_vol_info() returns a copy of the VOL information \p vol_info
  *          for a connector specified by the file access property list
  *          \p plist_id.
  *
  * \since 1.12.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_vol_info(hid_t plist_id, void **vol_info);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets alignment properties of a file access property list
  *
  * \fapl_id
  * \param[in] threshold Threshold value. Note that setting the threshold
  *                      value to 0 (zero) has the effect of a special case,
  *                      forcing everything to be aligned
  * \param[in] alignment Alignment value
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_alignment() sets the alignment properties of a
  *          file access property list so that any file object greater
  *          than or equal in size to \p threshold bytes will be aligned
  *          on an address that is a multiple of \p alignment. The
  *          addresses are relative to the end of the user block; the
  *          alignment is calculated by subtracting the user block size
  *          from the absolute file address and then adjusting the address
  *          to be a multiple of \p alignment.
  *
  *          Default values for \p threshold and \p alignment are one,
  *          implying no alignment. Generally the default values will
  *          result in the best performance for single-process access to
  *          the file. For MPI IO and other parallel systems, choose an
  *          alignment that is a multiple of the disk block size.
  *
  *          If the file space handling strategy is set to
  *          #H5F_FSPACE_STRATEGY_PAGE, then the alignment set via this
  *          routine is ignored. The file space handling strategy is set
  *          by H5Pset_file_space_strategy().
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_alignment(hid_t fapl_id, hsize_t threshold, hsize_t alignment);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the raw data chunk cache parameters
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] mdc_nelmts No longer used; any value passed is ignored
  * \param[in] rdcc_nslots The number of chunk slots in the raw data chunk
  *                        cache for this dataset. Increasing this value
  *                        reduces the number of cache collisions, but
  *                        slightly increases the memory used. Due to the
  *                        hashing strategy, this value should ideally be a
  *                        prime number. As a rule of thumb, this value
  *                        should be at least 10 times the number of chunks
  *                        that can fit in \p rdcc_nbytes bytes. For
  *                        maximum performance, this value should be set
  *                        approximately 100 times that number of chunks.
  *                        The default value is 521.
  * \param[in] rdcc_nbytes Total size of the raw data chunk cache in bytes.
  *                        The default size is 1 MB per dataset.
  * \param[in] rdcc_w0     The chunk preemption policy for all datasets.
  *                        This must be between 0 and 1 inclusive and
  *                        indicates the weighting according to which chunks
  *                        which have been fully read or written are
  *                        penalized when determining which chunks to flush
  *                        from cache. A value of 0 means fully read or
  *                        written chunks are treated no differently than
  *                        other chunks (the preemption is strictly LRU),
  *                        while a value of 1 means fully read or written
  *                        chunks are always preempted before other chunks.
  *                        If your application only reads or writes data once,
  *                        this can be safely set to 1. Otherwise, this should
  *                        be set lower depending on how often you re-read or
  *                        re-write the same data. The default value is 0.75.
  *                        If the value passed is #H5D_CHUNK_CACHE_W0_DEFAULT,
  *                        then the property will not be set on the dataset
  *                        access property list, and the parameter will come
  *                        from the file access property list.
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_cache() sets the number of elements, the total number of
  *          bytes, and the preemption policy value for all datasets in a file
  *          on the file's file access property list.
  *
  *          The raw data chunk cache inserts chunks into the cache by first
  *          computing a hash value using the address of a chunk and then by
  *          using that hash value as the chunk's index into the table of
  *          cached chunks. In other words, the size of this hash table and the
  *          number of possible hash values are determined by the \p rdcc_nslots
  *          parameter. If a different chunk in the cache has the same hash value,
  *          a collision will occur, which will reduce efficiency. If inserting
  *          the chunk into the cache would cause the cache to be too big, then
  *          the cache will be pruned according to the \p rdcc_w0 parameter.
  *
  *          The \p mdc_nelmts parameter is no longer used; any value passed
  *          in that parameter will be ignored.
  *
  *      \b Motivation: Setting raw data chunk cache parameters
  *       can be done with H5Pset_cache(), H5Pset_chunk_cache(),
  *       or a combination of both. H5Pset_cache() is used to
  *       adjust the chunk cache parameters for all datasets via
  *       a global setting for the file, and H5Pset_chunk_cache()
  *       is used to adjust the chunk cache parameters for
  *       individual datasets. When both are used, parameters
  *       set with H5Pset_chunk_cache() will override any parameters
  *       set with H5Pset_cache().
  *
  * \note Optimum chunk cache parameters may vary widely depending
  *       on different data layout and access patterns. For datasets
  *       with low performance requirements for example, changing
  *       the cache settings can save memory.
  *
  * \note Note: Raw dataset chunk caching is not currently
  *       supported when using the MPI I/O and MPI POSIX file drivers
  *       in read/write mode; see H5Pset_fapl_mpio(). When using this
  *       file driver, all calls to H5Dread() and H5Dwrite() will access
  *       the disk directly, and H5Pset_cache() will have no effect on
  *       performance.
  *
  * \note Raw dataset chunk caching is supported when these drivers are
  *       used in read-only mode.
  *
  * \version 1.8.0 The use of the \p mdc_nelmts parameter was discontinued.
  *                Metadata cache configuration is managed with
  *                H5Pset_mdc_config() and H5Pget_mdc_config().
  * \version 1.6.0 The \p rdcc_nbytes and \p rdcc_nelmts parameters
  *                changed from type int to size_t.
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_cache(hid_t plist_id, int mdc_nelmts, size_t rdcc_nslots, size_t rdcc_nbytes,
                            double rdcc_w0);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets write tracking information for core driver, #H5FD_CORE
  *
  * \fapl_id{fapl_id}
  * \param[in] is_enabled Boolean value specifying whether feature is
                          enabled
  * \param[in] page_size Positive integer specifying size, in bytes, of
  *                      write aggregation pages Value of 1 (one) enables
  *                      tracking with no paging.
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details When a file is created or opened for writing using the core
  *          virtual file driver (VFD) with the backing store option
  *          turned on, the core driver can be configured to track
  *          changes to the file and write out only the modified bytes.
  *
  *          This write tracking feature is enabled and disabled with \p
  *          is_enabled. The default setting is that write tracking is
  *          disabled, or off.
  *
  *          To avoid a large number of small writes, changes can
  *          be aggregated into pages of a user-specified size, \p
  *          page_size.
  *
  *          Setting \p page_size to 1 enables tracking with no page
  *          aggregation.
  *
  *          The backing store option is set via the function
  *          H5Pset_fapl_core.
  *
  * \attention
  * \parblock
  *            This function is only for use with the core VFD and must
  *            be used after the call to H5Pset_fapl_core(). It is an error
  *            to use this function with any other VFD.
  *
  *            It is an error to use this function when the backing store
  *            flag has not been set using H5Pset_fapl_core().
  *
  *            This function only applies to the backing store write
  *            operation which typically occurs when the file is flushed
  *            or closed. This function has no relationship to the
  *            increment parameter passed to H5Pset_fapl_core().
  *
  *            For optimum performance, the \p page_size parameter should be
  *            a power of two.
  *
  *            It is an error to set the page size to 0.
  * \endparblock
  *
  * \version 1.8.14 C function modified in this release to return error
  *                 if \p page_size is set to 0 (zero).
  * \since 1.8.13
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_core_write_tracking(hid_t fapl_id, hbool_t is_enabled, size_t page_size);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets a file driver
  *
  * \plist_id
  * \param[in] driver_id   The new driver identifier
  * \param[in] driver_info Optional struct containing driver properties
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_driver() sets the file driver, driver_id, for a file
  *          access or data transfer property list, \p plist_id, and
  *          supplies an optional struct containing the driver-specific
  *          properties, \p driver_info.
  *
  *          The driver properties will be copied into the property list
  *          and the reference count on the driver will be incremented,
  *          allowing the caller to close the driver identifier but still
  *          use the property list.
  *
  * \version 1.8.2 Function publicized in this release; previous releases
  *                described this function only in the virtual file driver
  *                documentation.
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_driver(hid_t plist_id, hid_t driver_id, const void *driver_info);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets a file driver according to a given driver name
  *
  * \plist_id
  * \param[in] driver_name   The new driver name
  * \param[in] driver_config Optional string containing driver properties
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_driver_by_name() sets the file driver, by the name
  *          driver_name, for a file access or data transfer property list,
  *          \p plist_id, and supplies an optional string containing the
  *          driver-specific properties, \p driver_config. The driver
  *          properties string will be copied into the property list.
  *
  *          If the driver specified by \p driver_name is not currently
  *          registered, an attempt will be made to load the driver as a
  *          plugin.
  *
  * \since 1.14.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_driver_by_name(hid_t plist_id, const char *driver_name, const char *driver_config);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets a file driver according to a given driver value (ID).
  *
  * \plist_id
  * \param[in] driver_value  The new driver value (ID)
  * \param[in] driver_config Optional string containing driver properties
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_driver_by_value() sets the file driver, by the value
  *          driver_value, for a file access or data transfer property list,
  *          \p plist_id, and supplies an optional string containing the
  *          driver-specific properties, \p driver_config. The driver
  *          properties string will be copied into the property list.
  *
  *          If the driver specified by \p driver_value is not currently
  *          registered, an attempt will be made to load the driver as a
  *          plugin.
  *
  * \since 1.14.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_driver_by_value(hid_t plist_id, H5FD_class_value_t driver_value,
                                      const char *driver_config);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the number of files that can be held open in an external
  *        link open file cache
  *
  * \par Motivation
  * \parblock
  * The <em>external link open file cache</em> holds files open after
  * they have been accessed via an external link. This cache reduces
  * the number of times such files are opened when external links are
  * accessed repeatedly and can significantly improves performance in
  * certain heavy-use situations and when low-level file opens or closes
  * are expensive.
  *
  * H5Pset_elink_file_cache_size() sets the number of files
  * that will be held open in an external link open file
  * cache. H5Pget_elink_file_cache_size() retrieves the size of an existing
  * cache; and H5Fclear_elink_file_cache() clears an existing cache without
  * closing it.
  * \endparblock
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] efc_size External link open file cache size in number of files
  *                     <em>Default setting is 0 (zero).</em>
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_elink_file_cache_size() specifies the number of files
  *          that will be held open in an external link open file cache.
  *
  *          The default external link open file cache size is 0 (zero),
  *          meaning that files accessed via an external link are not
  *          held open. Setting the cache size to a positive integer
  *          turns on the cache; setting the size back to zero turns it
  *          off.
  *
  *          With this property set, files are placed in the external
  *          link open file cache cache when they are opened via an
  *          external link. Files are then held open until either
  *          they are evicted from the cache or the parent file is
  *          closed. This property setting can improve performance when
  *          external links are repeatedly accessed.
  *
  *          When the cache is full, files will be evicted using a least
  *          recently used (LRU) scheme; the file which has gone the
  *          longest time without being accessed through the parent file
  *          will be evicted and closed if nothing else is holding that
  *          file open.
  *
  *          Files opened through external links inherit the parent
  *          file's file access property list by default, and therefore
  *          inherit the parent file's external link open file cache
  *          setting.
  *
  *          When child files contain external links of their own, the
  *          caches can form a graph of cached external files. Closing
  *          the last external reference to such a graph will recursively
  *          close all files in the graph, even if cycles are present.
  * \par Example
  * \parblock
  * The following code sets up an external link open file cache that will
  * hold open up to 8 files reached through external links:
  *
  * \code
  * status = H5Pset_elink_file_cache_size(fapl_id, 8);
  * \endcode
  * \endparblock
  *
  * \since 1.8.7
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_elink_file_cache_size(hid_t plist_id, unsigned efc_size);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Controls the library's behavior of evicting metadata associated with
  *        a closed object
  *
  * \fapl_id
  * \param[in] evict_on_close Whether the HDF5 object should be evicted on close
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details The library's metadata cache is fairly conservative about holding
  *          on to HDF5 object metadata(object headers, chunk index structures,
  *          etc.), which can cause the cache size to grow, resulting in memory
  *          pressure on an application or system. When enabled, the "evict on
  *          close" property will cause all metadata for an object to be evicted
  *          from the cache as long as metadata is not referenced by any other
  *          open object.
  *
  *          This function only applies to file access property lists.
  *
  *          The default library behavior is to not evict on object or file
  *          close.
  *
  *          When applied to a file access property list, any subsequently opened
  *          object will inherit the "evict on close" property and will have
  *          its metadata evicted when the object is closed.
  *
  * \since 1.10.1
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_evict_on_close(hid_t fapl_id, hbool_t evict_on_close);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets offset property for low-level access to a file in a family of
  *        files
  *
  * \fapl_id
  * \param[in] offset Offset in bytes within the HDF5 file
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_family_offset() sets the offset property in the file access
  *          property list \p fapl_id so that the user application can
  *          retrieve a file handle for low-level access to a particular member
  *          of a family of files. The file handle is retrieved with a separate
  *          call to H5Fget_vfd_handle() (or, in special circumstances, to
  *          H5FDget_vfd_handle(); see \ref VFL).
  *
  *          The value of \p offset is an offset in bytes from the beginning of
  *          the HDF5 file, identifying a user-determined location within the
  *          HDF5 file.
  *          The file handle the user application is seeking is for the specific
  *          member-file in the associated family of files to which this offset
  *          is mapped.
  *
  *          Use of this function is only appropriate for an HDF5 file written as
  *          a family of files with the \c FAMILY file driver.
  *
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_family_offset(hid_t fapl_id, hsize_t offset);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the file close degree
  *
  * \fapl_id
  * \param[in] degree Pointer to a location containing the file close
  *           degree property, the value of \p degree
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_fclose_degree() sets the file close degree property
  *          \p degree in the file access property list \p fapl_id.
  *
  *          The value of \p degree determines how aggressively
  *          H5Fclose() deals with objects within a file that remain open
  *          when H5Fclose() is called to close that file. \p degree can
  *          have any one of four valid values:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <th>Degree name</th>
  *            <th>H5Fclose behavior with no open object in file</th>
  *            <th>H5Fclose behavior with open object(s) in file</th>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5F_CLOSE_WEAK</td>
  *            <td>Actual file is closed.</td>
  *            <td>Access to file identifier is terminated; actual file
  *                close is delayed until all objects in file are closed
  *            </td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5F_CLOSE_SEMI</td>
  *            <td>Actual file is closed.</td>
  *            <td>Function returns FAILURE</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5F_CLOSE_STRONG</td>
  *            <td>Actual file is closed.</td>
  *            <td>All open objects remaining in the file are closed then
  *                file is closed</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5F_CLOSE_DEFAULT</td>
  *            <td>The VFL driver chooses the behavior. Currently, all VFL
  *            drivers set this value to #H5F_CLOSE_WEAK, except for the
  *            MPI-I/O driver, which sets it to #H5F_CLOSE_SEMI.</td>
  *            <td></td>
  *           </tr>
  *
  *          </table>
  * \warning If a file is opened multiple times without being closed, each
  *          open operation must use the same file close degree setting.
  *          For example, if a file is already open with #H5F_CLOSE_WEAK,
  *          an H5Fopen() call with #H5F_CLOSE_STRONG will fail.
  *
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_fclose_degree(hid_t fapl_id, H5F_close_degree_t degree);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets an initial file image in a memory buffer
  *
  * \fapl_id
  * \param[in] buf_ptr Pointer to the initial file image, or
  *                    NULL if no initial file image is desired
  * \param[in] buf_len Size of the supplied buffer, or
  *                    0 (zero) if no initial image is desired
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_file_image() allows an application to provide a file image
  *          to be used as the initial contents of a file.
  *          Calling H5Pset_file_image()makes a copy of the buffer specified in
  *          \p buf_ptr of size \p buf_len.
  *
  *          \par Motivation:
  *          H5Pset_file_image() and other elements of HDF5 are
  *          used to load an image of an HDF5 file into system memory and open
  *          that image as a regular HDF5 file. An application can then use the
  *          file without the overhead of disk I/O.
  *
  *          \par Recommended Reading:
  *          This function is part of the file image
  *          operations feature set. It is highly recommended to study the guide
  *          [<em>HDF5 File Image Operations</em>]
  *          (https://\DOCURL/advanced_topics/file_image_ops.md
  *          ) before using this feature set. See the “See Also” section below
  *          for links to other elements of HDF5 file image operations.
  *
  * \see
  *    \li H5LTopen_file_image()
  *    \li H5Fget_file_image()
  *    \li H5Pget_file_image()
  *    \li H5Pset_file_image_callbacks()
  *    \li H5Pget_file_image_callbacks()
  *
  *    \li [HDF5 File Image Operations]
  *        (https://\DOCURL/advanced_topics/file_image_ops.md)
  *        in [Advanced Topics in HDF5]
  *        (https://\DOCURL/advanced_topics_list.md)
  *
  *    \li Within H5Pset_file_image_callbacks():
  *    \li Callback #H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t
  *    \li Callback #H5FD_file_image_op_t
  *
  * \version 1.8.13 Fortran subroutine added in this release.
  * \since 1.8.9
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_file_image(hid_t fapl_id, void *buf_ptr, size_t buf_len);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the callbacks for working with file images
  *
  * \note      **Motivation:** H5Pset_file_image_callbacks() and other elements
  *            of HDF5 are used to load an image of an HDF5 file into system
  *            memory and open that image as a regular HDF5 file. An application
  *            can then use the file without the overhead of disk I/O.\n
  *            **Recommended Reading:** This function is part of the file
  *            image operations feature set. It is highly recommended to study
  *            the guide [HDF5 File Image Operations]
  *            (https://\DOCURL/advanced_topics/file_image_ops.md
  *            ) before using this feature set. See the “See Also” section below
  *            for links to other elements of HDF5 file image operations.
  *
  * \fapl_id
  * \param[in,out] callbacks_ptr Pointer to the instance of the
  *                #H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t structure
  *
  * \return \herr_t \n
  *         **Failure Modes**: Due to interactions between this function and
  *         H5Pset_file_image() and H5Pget_file_image(),
  *         H5Pset_file_image_callbacks() will fail if a file image has
  *         already been set in the target file access property list, \p fapl_id.
  *
  * \details H5Pset_file_image_callbacks() sets callback functions for working
  *          with file images in memory.
  *
  *          H5Pset_file_image_callbacks() allows an application to control the
  *          management of file image buffers through user defined callbacks.
  *          These callbacks can be used in the management of file image buffers
  *          in property lists and with certain file drivers.
  *
  *          H5Pset_file_image_callbacks() must be used before any file image has
  *          been set in the file access property list. Once a file image has
  *          been set, the function will fail.
  *
  *          The callback routines set up by H5Pset_file_image_callbacks() are
  *          invoked when a new file image buffer is allocated, when an existing
  *          file image buffer is copied or resized, or when a file image buffer
  *          is released from use.
  *
  *          Some file drivers allow the use of user-defined callback functions
  *          for allocating, freeing, and copying the driver's internal buffer,
  *          potentially allowing optimizations such as avoiding large \c malloc
  *          and \c memcpy operations, or to perform detailed logging.
  *
  *          From the perspective of the HDF5 library, the operations of the
  *          \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.image_malloc "image_malloc",
  *          \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.image_memcpy "image_memcpy",
  *          \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.image_realloc "image_realloc", and
  *          \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.image_free "image_free" callbacks
  *          must be identical to those of the
  *          corresponding C standard library calls (\c malloc, \c memcpy,
  *          \c realloc, and \c free). While the operations must be identical,
  *          the file image callbacks have more parameters. The return values
  *          of \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.image_malloc "image_malloc" and
  *          \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.image_realloc "image_realloc" are identical to
  *          the return values of \c malloc and \c realloc. The return values of
  *          \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.image_malloc "image_malloc" and
  *          \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.image_free "image_free" differ from the return
  *          values of \c memcpy and \c free in that the return values of
  *          \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.image_memcpy "image_memcpy" and
  *          \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.image_free "image_free" can also indicate failure.
  *
  *          The callbacks and their parameters, along with a struct and
  *          an \c ENUM required for their use, are described below.
  *
  *          <b>Callback struct and \c ENUM:</b>
  *
  *          The callback functions set up by H5Pset_file_image_callbacks() use
  *          a struct and an \c ENUM that are defined as follows
  *
  *          The struct #H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t serves as a container
  *          for the callback functions and a pointer to user-supplied data.
  *          The struct is defined as follows:
  *          \snippet H5FDpublic.h H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t_snip
  *
  *          Elements of the #H5FD_file_image_op_t are used by the
  *          callbacks to invoke certain operations on file images. The ENUM is
  *          defined as follows:
  *          \snippet H5FDpublic.h H5FD_file_image_op_t_snip
  *
  *          The elements of the #H5FD_file_image_op_t are used in the following
  *          callbacks:
  *
  *          - The \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.image_malloc "image_malloc" callback
  *          contains a pointer to a function that must appear to HDF5 to have
  *          functionality identical to that of the standard C library \c malloc() call.
  *
  *          - Signature in #H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t:
  *          \snippet H5FDpublic.h image_malloc_snip
  *          \n
  *          - The \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.image_memcpy "image_memcpy"
  *          callback contains a pointer to a function
  *          that must appear to HDF5 to have functionality identical to that
  *          of the standard C library \c memcopy() call, except that it returns
  *          a \p NULL on failure. (The \c memcpy C Library routine is defined
  *          to return the \p dest parameter in all cases.)
  *
  *          - Setting \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.image_memcpy "image_memcpy"
  *          to \c NULL indicates that HDF5 should invoke
  *          the standard C library \c memcpy() routine when copying buffers.
  *
  *          - Signature in #H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t:
  *          \snippet H5FDpublic.h image_memcpy_snip
  *          \n
  *          - The \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.image_realloc "image_realloc" callback
  *          contains a pointer to a function that must appear to HDF5 to have
  *          functionality identical to that of the standard C library \c realloc() call.
  *
  *          - Setting \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.image_realloc "image_realloc"
  *          to \p NULL indicates that HDF5 should
  *          invoke the standard C library \c realloc() routine when resizing
  *          file image buffers.
  *
  *          - Signature in #H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t:
  *          \snippet H5FDpublic.h image_realloc_snip
  *          \n
  *          - The \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.image_free "image_free" callback contains
  *          a pointer to a function that must appear to HDF5 to have functionality
  *          identical to that of the standard C library \c free() call, except
  *          that it will return \c 0 (\c SUCCEED) on success and \c -1 (\c FAIL) on failure.
  *
  *          - Setting \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.image_free "image_free"
  *          to \c NULL indicates that HDF5 should invoke
  *          the standard C library \c free() routine when releasing file image
  *          buffers.
  *
  *          - Signature in #H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t:
  *          \snippet H5FDpublic.h image_free_snip
  *          \n
  *          - The  \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.udata_copy "udata_copy"
  *          callback contains a pointer to a function
  *          that, from the perspective of HDF5, allocates a buffer of suitable
  *          size, copies the contents of the supplied \p udata into the new
  *          buffer, and returns the address of the new buffer. The function
  *          returns NULL on failure. This function is necessary if a non-NULL
  *          \p udata parameter is supplied, so that property lists containing
  *          the image callbacks can be copied. If the \p udata parameter below
  *          is \c NULL, then this parameter should be \c NULL as well.
  *
  *          - Signature in #H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t:
  *          \snippet H5FDpublic.h udata_copy_snip
  *          \n
  *          - The \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.udata_free "udata_free"
  *          callback contains a pointer to a function
  *          that, from the perspective of HDF5, frees a user data block. This
  *          function is necessary if a non-NULL udata parameter is supplied so
  *          that property lists containing image callbacks can be discarded
  *          without a memory leak. If the udata parameter below is \c NULL,
  *          this parameter should be \c NULL as well.
  *
  *          - Signature in #H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t:
  *          \snippet H5FDpublic.h udata_free_snip
  *
  *          - \p **udata**, the final field in the #H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t
  *          struct, provides a pointer to user-defined data. This pointer will
  *          be passed to the
  *          \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.image_malloc "image_malloc",
  *          \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.image_memcpy "image_memcpy",
  *          \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.image_realloc "image_realloc", and
  *          \ref H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t.image_free "image_free" callbacks.
  *          Define udata as \c NULL if no user-defined data is provided.
  *
  * \since 1.8.9
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_file_image_callbacks(hid_t fapl_id, H5FD_file_image_callbacks_t *callbacks_ptr);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the file locking property values
  *
  * \fapl_id
  * \param[in] use_file_locking Toggle to specify file locking (or not)
  * \param[in] ignore_when_disabled Toggle to ignore when disabled (or not)
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_file_locking() overrides the default file locking flag
  *          setting that was set when the library was configured.
  *
  *          This setting can be overridden by the \c HDF5_USE_FILE_LOCKING
  *          environment variable.
  *
  *          File locking is used when creating/opening a file to prevent
  *          problematic file accesses.
  *
  * \since 1.10.7
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_file_locking(hid_t fapl_id, hbool_t use_file_locking, hbool_t ignore_when_disabled);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets garbage collecting references flag
  *
  * \fapl_id
  * \param[in] gc_ref Flag setting reference garbage collection to on (1) or off (0)
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_gc_references() sets the flag for garbage collecting
  *          references for the file.
  *
  *          Dataset region references and other reference types use space in an
  *          HDF5 file's global heap. If garbage collection is on and the user
  *          passes in an uninitialized value in a reference structure, the heap
  *          might get corrupted. When garbage collection is off, however, and
  *          the user re-uses a reference, the previous heap block will be
  *          orphaned and not returned to the free heap space.
  *
  *          When garbage collection is on, the user must initialize the
  *          reference structures to 0 or risk heap corruption.
  *
  *          The default value for garbage collecting references is off.
  *
  * \since 1.2.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_gc_references(hid_t fapl_id, unsigned gc_ref);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Controls the range of library release versions used when creating
  *        objects in a file
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] low  The earliest version of the library that will be used
  *                 for writing objects
  * \param[in] high The latest version of the library that will be used for
  *                 writing objects
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_libver_bounds() controls the range of library release
  *          versions that will be used when creating objects in a file.
  *          The object format versions are determined indirectly from the
  *          library release versions specified in the call.
  *
  *          This property is set in the file access property list
  *          specified by the parameter \p fapl_id.
  *
  *          The parameter \p low sets the earliest possible format
  *          versions that the library will use when creating objects in
  *          the file.  Note that earliest possible is different from
  *          earliest, as some features introduced in library versions
  *          later than 1.0.0 resulted in updates to object formats.
  *          The parameter \p high sets the latest format versions that
  *          the library will be allowed to use when creating objects in
  *          the file.
  *
  *          The parameters \p low and \p high must be one of the
  *          enumerated values in the #H5F_libver_t struct, which is
  *          defined in H5Fpublic.h.
  *
  *          The macro #H5F_LIBVER_LATEST is aliased to the highest
  *          enumerated value in #H5F_libver_t, indicating that this is
  *          currently the latest format available.
  *
  *          The library supports the following pairs of (\p low, \p high)
  *          combinations as derived from the values in #H5F_libver_t:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <th>Value of \p low and \p high</th>
  *            <th>Result</th>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\p low=#H5F_LIBVER_EARLIEST<br />
  *                \p high=<any other version but not #H5F_LIBVER_LATEST></td>
  *            <td>
  *             \li The library will create objects with the earliest
  *                 possible format versions.
  *             \li The library will allow objects to be created with the
  *                 latest format versions available to library release
  *                 specified in the \p high value.
  *             \li API calls that create objects or features that are
  *                 available to versions of the library greater than the
  *                 specified version in \p high will fail.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\p low=#H5F_LIBVER_V18<br />
  *                \p high=<any version higher than \p low but not #H5F_LIBVER_LATEST></td>
  *            <td>
  *             \li The library will create objects with the latest format
  *                 versions available to library release 1.8.x.
  *             \li The library will allow objects to be created with the latest
  *                 format versions available to library release specified
  *                 in the \p high value.
  *             \li API calls that create objects or features that are
  *                 available to versions of the library greater than the
  *                 specified version in \p high will fail.
  *             \li Earlier versions of the library may not be able to access
  *                 objects created with this setting.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\p low=#H5F_LIBVER_V110<br />
  *                \p high=<any version higher than \p low but not #H5F_LIBVER_LATEST></td>
  *             <td>
  *              \li The library will create objects with the latest format
  *                  versions available to library release 1.10.x.
  *              \li The library will allow objects to be created with the latest
  *                  format versions available to library release specified
  *                  in the \p high value.
  *              \li API calls that create objects or features that are available
  *                  to versions of the library greater than version specified in
  *                  \p high will fail.
  *              \li Earlier versions of the library may not be able to access
  *                  objects created with this setting.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\p low=#H5F_LIBVER_V112<br />
  *                \p high=<any version higher than \p low but not #H5F_LIBVER_LATEST></td>
  *             <td>
  *              \li The library will create objects with the latest format
  *                  versions available to library release 1.12.x.
  *              \li The library will allow objects to be created with the latest
  *                  format versions available to library release specified
  *                  in the \p high value.
  *              \li API calls that create objects or features that are available
  *                  to versions of the library greater than version specified in
  *                  \p high will fail.
  *              \li Earlier versions of the library may not be able to access
  *                  objects created with this setting.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\p low=#H5F_LIBVER_V114<br />
  *                \p high=<any version higher than \p low but not #H5F_LIBVER_LATEST></td>
  *             <td>
  *              \li The library will create objects with the latest format
  *                  versions available to library release 1.14.x.
  *              \li The library will allow objects to be created with the latest
  *                  format versions available to library release specified
  *                  in the \p high value.
  *              \li API calls that create objects or features that are available
  *                  to versions of the library greater than version specified in
  *                  \p high will fail.
  *              \li Earlier versions of the library may not be able to access
  *                  objects created with this setting.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\p low=high </td>
  *            <td>
  *             \li The library will create objects with the latest format
  *                 versions available to library release specified.
  *             \li The objects written with this setting may be
  *                 accessible to a smaller range of library versions than
  *                 would be the case if low is set to #H5F_LIBVER_EARLIEST.
  *             \li API calls that create objects or features that are available
  *                 to versions of the library greater than the specified
  *                 release will fail.
  *             \li Earlier versions of the library may not be able to access
  *                 objects created with this setting.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\p low=#H5F_LIBVER_EARLIEST<br />
  *                \p high=#H5F_LIBVER_LATEST</td>
  *            <td>
  *             \li The library will create objects with the earliest possible
  *                 format versions.
  *             \li The library will allow objects to be created with the latest
  *                 format versions available to the latest release.  See
  *                 note #H5F_LIBVER_LATEST below the table.
  *             \li This is the library default setting and provides the greatest
  *                 format compatibility.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\p low=<any version lower than \p high><br/>
  *                \p high=#H5F_LIBVER_LATEST</td>
  *            <td>
  *             \li The library will create objects with the latest format
  *                 versions available to library release \p low.
  *             \li The library will allow objects to be created with the latest
  *                 format versions available to the latest release.  See
  *                 note *H5F_LIBVER_LATEST* below the table.
  *             \li This setting allows users to take advantage of the latest
  *                 features and performance enhancements in the library.
  *             \li Earlier versions of the library may not be able to access
  *                 objects created with this setting.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>\p low=#H5F_LIBVER_LATEST<br />
  *                \p high=#H5F_LIBVER_LATEST</td>
  *             <td>
  *              \li The library will create objects with the latest format
  *                  versions available to the latest release.
  *              \li The library will allow objects to be created with the latest
  *                  format versions available to the latest release.  See
  *                  note *H5F_LIBVER_LATEST* below the table.
  *              \li This setting allows users to take advantage of the latest
  *                  features and performance enhancements in the library.
  *                  However, objects written with this setting may be
  *                  accessible to a smaller range of library versions than
  *                  would be the case if low is set to #H5F_LIBVER_EARLIEST.
  *              \li Earlier versions of the library may not be able to access
  *                  objects created with this setting.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  * \note *H5F_LIBVER_LATEST*:<br />
  *                 Since 1.14.x is also #H5F_LIBVER_LATEST, there is no upper
  *                 limit on the format versions to use.  That is, if a
  *                 newer format version is required to support a feature
  *                 in 1.14.x series, this setting will allow the object to be
  *                 created.
  *
  * \version 1.10.2 #H5F_LIBVER_V18 added to the enumerated defines in
  *                 #H5F_libver_t.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_libver_bounds(hid_t plist_id, H5F_libver_t low, H5F_libver_t high);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Set the initial metadata cache configuration in the indicated File
  *        Access Property List to the supplied value
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] config_ptr  Pointer to the instance of \p H5AC_cache_config_t
  *            containing the desired configuration
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  *  \details The fields of the #H5AC_cache_config_t structure are shown
  *           below:
  *           \snippet H5ACpublic.h H5AC_cache_config_t_snip
  *           \click4more
  *
  * \details H5Pset_mdc_config() attempts to set the initial metadata cache
  *          configuration to the supplied value.  It will fail if an invalid
  *          configuration is detected.  This configuration is used when the file
  *          is opened.
  *
  *          See the overview of the metadata cache in the special topics section
  *          of the user manual for details on what is being configured. If you
  *          have not read and understood that documentation, you really should
  *          not be using this API call.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_mdc_config(hid_t plist_id, H5AC_cache_config_t *config_ptr);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets metadata cache logging options
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] is_enabled  Whether logging is enabled
  * \param[in] location Location of log in UTF-8/ASCII (file path/name)
  *            (On Windows, this must be ASCII)
  * \param[in] start_on_access  Whether the logging will begin as soon as the
  *            file is opened or created
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details The metadata cache is a central part of the HDF5 library through
  *          which all file metadata reads and writes take place. File metadata
  *          is normally invisible to the user and is used by the library for
  *          purposes such as locating and indexing data. File metadata should
  *          not be confused with user metadata, which consists of attributes
  *          created by users and attached to HDF5 objects such as datasets via
  *          H5A API calls.
  *
  *          Due to the complexity of the cache, a trace/logging feature has
  *          been created that can be used by HDF5 developers for debugging and
  *          performance analysis. The functions that control this functionality
  *          will normally be of use to a very limited number of developers
  *          outside of The HDF Group. The functions have been documented to
  *          help users create logs that can be sent with bug reports.
  *
  *          Control of the log functionality is straightforward. Logging is
  *          enabled via the H5Pset_mdc_log_options() function,
  *          which will modify the file access property list used to open or
  *          create a file. This function has a flag that determines whether
  *          logging begins at file open or starts in a paused state. Log
  *          messages can then be controlled via the H5Fstart_mdc_logging()
  *          and H5Fstop_mdc_logging() function.
  *
  *          H5Pget_mdc_log_options() can be used to examine a file access
  *          property list, and H5Fget_mdc_logging_status() will return the
  *          current state of the logging flags.
  *
  *          The log format is described in [<em>Metadata Cache Logging</em>]
  *          (https://\DOCURL/advanced_topics/FineTuningMetadataCache.md).
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_mdc_log_options(hid_t plist_id, hbool_t is_enabled, const char *location,
                                      hbool_t start_on_access);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the minimum metadata block size
  *
  * \fapl_id{fapl_id}
  * \param[in] size Minimum size, in bytes, of metadata block allocations
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_meta_block_size() sets the minimum size, in bytes, of
  *          metadata block allocations when #H5FD_FEAT_AGGREGATE_METADATA is set by a VFL
  *          driver.
 
  *          Each raw metadata block is initially allocated to be of the given size.
  *          Specific metadata objects (e.g., object headers, local heaps, B-trees) are then
  *          sub-allocated from this block.
  *
  *          The default setting is 2048 bytes, meaning that the library will
  *          attempt to aggregate metadata in at least 2K blocks in the file.
  *          Setting the value to zero (\TText{0}) with this function will turn
  *          off metadata aggregation, even if the VFL driver attempts to use the
  *          metadata aggregation strategy.
  *
  *          Metadata aggregation reduces the number of small data objects in the file that
  *          would otherwise be required for metadata. The aggregated block of metadata is
  *          usually written in a single write action and always in a contiguous block,
  *          potentially significantly improving library and application performance.
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_meta_block_size(hid_t fapl_id, hsize_t size);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the number of read attempts in a file access property list
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] attempts The number of read attempts. Must be a value greater than \TText{0}
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \return Failure Modes:
  *         - When the user sets the number of read attempts to \TText{0}.
  *         - When the input property list is not a file access property list.
  *         - When the library is unable to set the number of read attempts in the file access property list.
  *
  * \details H5Pset_metadata_read_attempts() sets the number of reads that the
  *          library will try when reading checksummed metadata in an HDF5 file opened
  *          with SWMR access. When reading such metadata, the library will compare the
  *          checksum computed for the metadata just read with the checksum stored within
  *          the piece of checksum. When performing SWMR operations on a file, the
  *          checksum check might fail when the library reads data on a system that is not
  *          atomic. To remedy such situations, the library will repeatedly read the piece
  *          of metadata until the check passes or finally fails the read when the allowed
  *          number of attempts is reached.
  *
  *          The number of read attempts used by the library will depend on how the file is
  *          opened and whether the user sets the number of read attempts via this routine:
 
  *          - For a file opened with SWMR access:
  *            - If the user sets the number of attempts to \TText{N}, the library will use \TText{N}.
  *            - If the user does not set the number of attempts, the library will use the
  *              default for SWMR access (\TText{100}).
  *          - For a file opened with non-SWMR access, the library will always use the default
  *            for non-SWMR access (\TText{1}). The value set via this routine does not have any effect
  *            during non-SWMR access.
  *
  * \b Example: The first example illustrates the case in setting the number of read attempts for a file
  *             opened with SWMR access.
  *
  * \snippet H5Pset_metadata_read_attempts.c SWMR Access
  *
  * \b Example: The second example illustrates the case in setting the number of
  *             read attempts for a file opened with non-SWMR access. The value
  *             set in the file access property list does not have any effect.
  *
  * \snippet H5Pset_metadata_read_attempts.c non-SWMR Access
  *
  * \note \b Motivation: On a system that is not atomic, the library might
  *       possibly read inconsistent metadata with checksum when performing
  *       single-writer/multiple-reader (SWMR) operations for an HDF5 file. Upon
  *       encountering such situations, the library will try reading the metadata
  *       again to obtain consistent data. This routine provides the means to set
  *       the number of read attempts other than the library default.
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_metadata_read_attempts(hid_t plist_id, unsigned attempts);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Specifies type of data to be accessed via the \TText{MULTI} driver,
  *        enabling more direct access
  *
  * \fapl_id{fapl_id}
  * \param[in] type Type of data to be accessed
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_multi_type() sets the \Emph{type of data} property in the file
  *          access property list \p fapl_id. This setting enables a user
  *          application to specify the type of data the application wishes to
  *          access so that the application can retrieve a file handle for
  *          low-level access to the particular member of a set of \TText{MULTI}
  *          files in which that type of data is stored. The file handle is
  *          retrieved with a separate call to H5Fget_vfd_handle() (or, in special
  *          circumstances, to H5FDget_vfd_handle(); see \ref VFL.
  *
  * The type of data specified in \p type may be one of the following:
  *
  * <table>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5FD_MEM_SUPER</td>    <td>Super block data</td>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5FD_MEM_BTREE</td>    <td>B-tree data</td>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5FD_MEM_DRAW</td>    <td>Dataset raw data</td>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5FD_MEM_GHEAP</td>    <td>Global heap data</td>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5FD_MEM_LHEAP</td>    <td>Local Heap data</td>
  *   </tr>
  *   <tr>
  *     <td>#H5FD_MEM_OHDR</td>    <td>Object header data</td>
  *   </tr>
  * </table>
  *
  * This function is for use only when accessing an HDF5 file written as a set of
  * files with the \TText{MULTI} file driver.
  *
  * \since 1.6.0
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_multi_type(hid_t fapl_id, H5FD_mem_t type);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets a callback function to invoke when an object flush occurs in the file
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \op{func}
  * \op_data_in{udata}
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_object_flush_cb() sets the callback function to invoke in the
  *          file access property list \p plist_id whenever an object flush occurs in
  *          the file. Library objects are group, dataset, and committed
  *          datatype.
  *
  *          The callback function \p func must conform to the prototype defined below:
  *          \code
  *          typedef herr_t (*H5F_flush_cb_t)(hid_t object_id, void *user_data)
  *          \endcode
  *
  *          The parameters of the callback function, per the above prototypes, are defined as follows:
  *            - \TText{object_id} is the identifier of the object which has just been flushed.
  *            - \TText{user_data} is the user-defined input data for the callback function.
  *
  * \b Example: The example below illustrates the usage of this routine to set
  *             the callback function to invoke when an object flush occurs.
  *
  * \include H5Pset_object_flush_cb.c
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_object_flush_cb(hid_t plist_id, H5F_flush_cb_t func, void *udata);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the maximum size of the data sieve buffer
  *
  * \fapl_id{fapl_id}
  * \param[in] size Maximum size, in bytes, of data sieve buffer
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_sieve_buf_size() sets \p size, the maximum size in bytes of the
  *          data sieve buffer, which is used by file drivers that are capable of
  *          using data sieving.
  *
  *          The data sieve buffer is used when performing I/O on datasets in the
  *          file. Using a buffer which is large enough to hold several pieces of
  *          the dataset being read in for hyperslab selections boosts
  *          performance by quite a bit.
  *
  *          The default value is set to 64KB, indicating that file I/O for raw
  *          data reads and writes will occur in at least 64KB blocks. Setting
  *          the value to zero (\TText{0}) with this API function will turn off
  *          the data sieving, even if the VFL driver attempts to use that
  *          strategy.
  *
  *          Internally, the library checks the storage sizes of the datasets in
  *          the file. It picks the smaller one between the size from the file
  *          access property and the size of the dataset to allocate the sieve
  *          buffer for the dataset in order to save memory usage.
  *
  * \version 1.6.0 The \p size parameter has changed from type \TText{hsize_t} to \TText{size_t}.
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_sieve_buf_size(hid_t fapl_id, size_t size);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the size of a contiguous block reserved for small data
  *
  * \fapl_id{fapl_id}
  * \param[in] size Maximum size, in bytes, of the small data block.
                    The default size is \TText{2048}.
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_small_data_block_size() reserves blocks of \p size bytes for the
  *          contiguous storage of the raw data portion of \Emph{small} datasets. The
  *          HDF5 library then writes the raw data from small datasets to this
  *          reserved space, thus reducing unnecessary discontinuities within
  *          blocks of meta data and improving I/O performance.
  *
  *          A small data block is actually allocated the first time a qualifying
  *          small dataset is written to the file. Space for the raw data portion
  *          of this small dataset is suballocated within the small data block.
  *          The raw data from each subsequent small dataset is also written to
  *          the small data block until it is filled; additional small data
  *          blocks are allocated as required.
  *
  *          The HDF5 library employs an algorithm that determines whether I/O
  *          performance is likely to benefit from the use of this mechanism with
  *          each dataset as storage space is allocated in the file. A larger
  *          \p size will result in this mechanism being employed with larger
  *          datasets.
  *
  *          The small data block size is set as an allocation property in the
  *          file access property list identified by \p fapl_id.
  *
  *          Setting \p size to zero (\TText{0}) disables the small data block mechanism.
  *
  * \since 1.4.4
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_small_data_block_size(hid_t fapl_id, hsize_t size);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Set the file VOL connector for a file access property list
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in]  new_vol_id     VOL connector identifier
  * \param[in]  new_vol_info   Optional VOL information
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_vol() sets the VOL connector \p new_vol_id for a file access
  *          property list \p plist_id using the (optional) VOL information in
  *          \p new_vol_info.
  *
  * \since 1.12.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_vol(hid_t plist_id, hid_t new_vol_id, const void *new_vol_info);
 
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Query the capability flags for the VOL connector that will be used
  *              with this file access property list (FAPL).
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out]  cap_flags  Flags that indicate the VOL connector capabilities
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_vol_cap_flags() queries the current VOL connector information
  *              for a FAPL to retrieve the capability flags for the VOL
  *              connector stack, as will be used by a file open or create
  *              operation that uses this FAPL.
  *
  * \note This routine supports the use of the HDF5_VOL_CONNECTOR environment
  *       variable to override the VOL connector set programmatically for the
  *       FAPL (with H5Pset_vol).
  *
  * \note The H5VL_CAP_FLAG_ASYNC flag can be checked to see if asynchronous
  *              operations are supported by the VOL connector stack.
  *
  * \since 1.14.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_vol_cap_flags(hid_t plist_id, uint64_t *cap_flags);
 
 #ifdef H5_HAVE_PARALLEL
 /**
  * \ingroup GAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets metadata I/O mode for read operations to be collective or independent (default)
  *
  * \gacpl_id
  * \param[in] is_collective Boolean value indicating whether metadata reads are collective
  *                          (\TText{1}) or independent (\TText{0}).
  *                          Default mode: Independent (\TText{0})
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_all_coll_metadata_ops() sets the metadata I/O mode for read
  *          operations in the access property list \p plist_id.
  *
  *          When engaging in parallel I/O, all metadata write operations must be
  *          collective. If \p is_collective is \TText{1}, this property specifies
  *          that the HDF5 library will perform all metadata read operations
  *          collectively; if \p is_collective is \TText{0}, such operations may
  *          be performed independently.
  *
  *          Users must be aware that several HDF5 operations can potentially
  *          issue metadata reads. These include opening a dataset, datatype, or
  *          group; reading an attribute; or issuing a \Emph{get info} call such
  *          as getting information for a group with H5Fget_info(). Collective
  *          I/O requirements must be kept in mind when issuing such calls in the
  *          context of parallel I/O.
  *
  *          If this property is collective on a file access property list that
  *          is used in creating or opening a file, then the HDF5 library will
  *          assume that all metadata read operations issued on that file
  *          identifier will be issued collectively from all ranks irrespective
  *          of the individual setting of a particular operation. If this
  *          assumption is not adhered to, corruption will be introduced in the
  *          metadata cache and HDF5's behavior will be undefined.
  *
  *          Alternatively, a user may wish to avoid setting this property
  *          globally on the file access property list, and individually set it
  *          on particular object access property lists (dataset, group, link,
  *          datatype, attribute access property lists) for certain operations.
  *          This will indicate that only the operations issued with such an
  *          access property list will be called collectively and other
  *          operations may potentially be called independently. There are,
  *          however, several HDF5 operations that can issue metadata reads but
  *          have no property list in their function signatures to allow passing
  *          the collective requirement property. For those operations, the only
  *          option is to set the global collective requirement property on the
  *          file access property list; otherwise the metadata reads that can be
  *          triggered from those operations will be done independently by each
  *          process.
  *
  *          Functions that do not accommodate an access property list but that
  *          might issue metadata reads are listed in \ref maybe_metadata_reads.
  *
  * \attention As noted above, corruption will be introduced into the metadata
  *            cache and HDF5 library behavior will be undefined when both of the following
  *            conditions exist:
  *              - A file is created or opened with a file access property list in which the
  *                collective metadata I/O property is set to \TText{1}.
  *              - Any function is called that triggers an independent metadata read while the
  *                file remains open with that file access property list.
  *
  * \attention An approach that avoids this corruption risk is described above.
  *
  * \sa_metadata_ops
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_all_coll_metadata_ops(hid_t plist_id, hbool_t is_collective);
 /**
  * \ingroup GAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves metadata read mode setting
  *
  * \gacpl_id
  * \param[out] is_collective Pointer to a buffer containing the Boolean value indicating whether metadata
  *                           reads are collective (\TText{>0}) or independent (\TText{0}).
  *                           Default mode: Independent (\TText{0})
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_all_coll_metadata_ops() retrieves the collective metadata read setting from the access
  *          property list \p plist_id into \p is_collective.
  *
  * \sa_metadata_ops
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_all_coll_metadata_ops(hid_t plist_id, hbool_t *is_collective);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets metadata write mode to be collective or independent (default)
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] is_collective Boolean value indicating whether metadata
  *             writes are collective (\TText{>0}) or independent (\TText{0}).
  *             \Emph{Default mode:} Independent (\TText{0})
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_coll_metadata_write() tells the HDF5 library whether to
  *          perform metadata writes collectively (1) or independently (0).
  *
  *          If collective access is selected, then on a flush of the metadata
  *          cache, all processes will divide the metadata cache entries to be
  *          flushed evenly among themselves and issue a single MPI-IO collective
  *          write operation. This is the preferred method when the size of the
  *          metadata created by the application is large.
  *
  *          If independent access is selected, the library uses the default
  *          method for doing metadata I/O either from process zero or
  *          independently from each process.
  *
  * \sa_metadata_ops
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_coll_metadata_write(hid_t plist_id, hbool_t is_collective);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves metadata write mode setting
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] is_collective Pointer to a boolean value indicating whether
  *             metadata writes are collective (\TText{>0}) or independent (\TText{0}).
  *             \Emph{Default mode:} Independent (\TText{0})
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_coll_metadata_write() retrieves the collective metadata write
  *          setting from the file access property into \p is_collective.
  *
  * \sa_metadata_ops
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_coll_metadata_write(hid_t plist_id, hbool_t *is_collective);
 
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Get the MPI communicator and info
  *
  * \fapl_id
  * \param[out] comm MPI communicator
  * \param[out] info MPI info object
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_mpi_params() gets the MPI communicator and info stored in
  *          the file access property list \p fapl_id.
  *
  * \since 1.12.0
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_mpi_params(hid_t fapl_id, MPI_Comm *comm, MPI_Info *info);
 
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Set the MPI communicator and info
  *
  * \fapl_id
  * \param[in] comm MPI communicator
  * \param[in] info MPI info object
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_mpi_params() sets the MPI communicator and info stored in
  *          the file access property list \p fapl_id.
  *
  * \since 1.12.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_mpi_params(hid_t fapl_id, MPI_Comm comm, MPI_Info info);
 #endif /* H5_HAVE_PARALLEL */
 
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the metadata cache image option for a file access property list
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] config_ptr Pointer to metadata cache image configuration values
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_mdc_image_config() sets the metadata cache image option with
  *          configuration values specified by \p config_ptr for the file access
  *          property list specified in \p plist_id.
  *
  *          #H5AC_cache_image_config_t is defined as follows:
  *          \snippet H5ACpublic.h H5AC_cache_image_config_t_snip
  *          \click4more
  *
  * \par Limitations: While it is an obvious error to request a cache image when
  *      opening the file read only, it is not in general possible to test for
  *      this error in the H5Pset_mdc_image_config() call. Rather than fail the
  *      subsequent file open, the library silently ignores the file image
  *      request in this case.\n It is also an error to request a cache image on
  *      a file that does not support superblock extension messages (i.e. a
  *      superblock version less than 2). As above, it is not always possible to
  *      detect this error in the H5Pset_mdc_image_config() call, and thus the
  *      request for a cache image will fail silently in this case as well.\n
  *      Creation of cache images is currently disabled in parallel -- as above,
  *      any request for a cache image in this context will fail silently.\n
  *      Files with cache images may be read in parallel applications, but note
  *      that the load of the cache image is a collective operation triggered by
  *      the first operation that accesses metadata after file open (or, if
  *      persistent free space managers are enabled, on the first allocation or
  *      deallocation of file space, or read of file space manager status,
  *      whichever comes first). Thus the parallel process may deadlock if any
  *      process does not participate in this access.\n
  *      In long sequences of file  closes and opens, infrequently accessed
  *      metadata can accumulate in the cache image to the point where the cost
  *      of storing and restoring this metadata exceeds the benefit of retaining
  *      frequently used metadata in the cache image. When implemented, the
  *      #H5AC_cache_image_config_t::entry_ageout should address this problem. In
  *      the interim, not requesting a cache image every n file close/open cycles
  *      may be an acceptable work around. The choice of \c n will be driven by
  *      application behavior, but \TText{n = 10} seems a good starting point.
  *
  * \since 1.10.1
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_mdc_image_config(hid_t plist_id, H5AC_cache_image_config_t *config_ptr);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the maximum size for the page buffer and the minimum percentage
  *        for metadata and raw data pages
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] buf_size Maximum size, in bytes, of the page buffer
  * \param[in] min_meta_per Minimum metadata percentage to keep in the page buffer
  *            before allowing pages containing metadata to be evicted (Default is 0)
  * \param[in] min_raw_per Minimum raw data percentage to keep in the page buffer
  *            before allowing pages containing raw data to be evicted (Default is 0)
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_page_buffer_size() sets buf_size, the maximum size in bytes
  *          of the page buffer. The default value is zero, meaning that page
  *          buffering is disabled. When a non-zero page buffer size is set, the
  *          library will enable page buffering if that size is larger or equal
  *          than a single page size if a paged file space strategy is enabled
  *          using the functions H5Pset_file_space_strategy() and
  *          H5Pset_file_space_page_size().
  *
  *          The page buffer layer captures all I/O requests before they are
  *          issued to the VFD and "caches" them in fixed sized pages. Once the
  *          total number of pages exceeds the page buffer size, the library
  *          evicts pages from the page buffer by writing them to the VFD. At
  *          file close, the page buffer is flushed writing all the pages to the
  *          file.
  *
  *          If a non-zero page buffer size is set, and the file space strategy
  *          is not set to paged or the page size for the file space strategy is
  *          larger than the page buffer size, the subsequent call to H5Fcreate()
  *          using the \p plist_id will fail.
  *
  * \note    As of HDF5 1.14.4, this property will be ignored when an existing
  *          file is being opened and the file space strategy stored in the
  *          file isn't paged. This was previously a failure.
  *
  * \note    As of HDF5 1.14.4, if a file with a paged file space strategy is
  *          opened with a page size that is smaller than the file's page size,
  *          the page cache size will be rounded up to the file's page size.
  *          This was previously a failure.
  *
  *          The function also allows setting the minimum percentage of pages for
  *          metadata and raw data to prevent a certain type of data to evict hot
  *          data of the other type.
  *
  * \since 1.10.1
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_page_buffer_size(hid_t plist_id, size_t buf_size, unsigned min_meta_per,
                                       unsigned min_raw_per);
 
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Relax file integrity checks that may issue errors for some valid files
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] flags Relaxed integrity checks flag. Valid values are:
  *                 \li #H5F_RFIC_UNUSUAL_NUM_UNUSED_NUMERIC_BITS
  *                     suppresses integrity checks for detecting
  *                     unusually high values for the number of unused bits in
  *                     numeric datatype classes (H5T_INTEGER, H5T_FLOAT, and
  *                     H5T_BITFIELD).  Integrity checks are triggered when
  *                     the precision for a datatype (i.e. the number of bits
  *                     containing actual data) is less than half of the
  *                     datatype's size and the datatype is greater than
  *                     1 byte in size.   For example, a datatype with a
  *                     precision of 15 bits and a size of 4 bytes (i.e. 32 bits)
  *                     will issue an error, but a datatype with 17 bits of
  *                     precision and a size of 4 bytes will not issue an
  *                     error, nor will a datatype with a precision of 1, 2, or
  *                     3 bits and a size of 1 byte issue an error.
  *                 \li #H5F_RFIC_ALL relaxes all integrity checks above.
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details Incorrectly encoded or corrupted metadata in a native HDF5
  *          format file can cause incorrect library behavior when the metadata
  *          has no checksum.  Integrity checks within the library detect these
  *          circumstances and issue errors when incorrect metadata is found.
  *          Unfortunately, some of the integrity checks for detecting these
  *          circumstances may incorrectly issue an error for a valid HDF5 file
  *          that was intentionally created with these configurations.
  *          Setting the appropriate flag(s) with this routine will relax the
  *          file integrity checks for these valid files and suppress errors
  *          when accessing objects with these configurations.
  *
  *          The library will also issue errors when these configurations are
  *          used to create objects, preventing applications from unintentionally
  *          creating them.  Setting the appropriate flag with this routine will
  *          also suppress those errors on creation, although using this routine
  *          and the appropriate flag(s) will still be required when accessing
  *          files created with these configurations.
  *
  *          A more complete solution that avoids errors on both object creation
  *          and access is to use the H5Pset_libver_bounds routine with a low
  *          bound of at least #H5F_LIBVER_V18 when creating objects with these
  *          configurations.  This will cause the library to checksum a file's
  *          metadata, allowing accidental data corruption to be correctly
  *          detected and errors correctly issued without ambiguity.
  *
  * \since 1.14.4
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_relax_file_integrity_checks(hid_t plist_id, uint64_t flags);
 /**
  * \ingroup FAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieve relaxed file integrity check flags
  *
  * \fapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] flags  Relaxed file integrity check flags
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_relax_file_integrity_checks() retrieves the relaxed file
  *          integrity check value into \p flags for the file access property
  *          list specified in \p plist_id.
  *
  * \since 1.14.4
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_relax_file_integrity_checks(hid_t plist_id, uint64_t *flags);
 
 /* Dataset creation property list (DCPL) routines */
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Determines whether fill value is defined
  *
  * \dcpl_id{plist}
  * \param[out] status Status of fill value in property list
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pfill_value_defined() determines whether a fill value is
  *          defined in the dataset creation property list \p plist. Valid
  *          values returned in status are as follows:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5D_FILL_VALUE_UNDEFINED</td>
  *            <td>Fill value is undefined.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5D_FILL_VALUE_DEFAULT</td>
  *            <td>Fill value is the library default.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5D_FILL_VALUE_USER_DEFINED</td>
  *            <td>Fill value is defined by the application.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pfill_value_defined(hid_t plist, H5D_fill_value_t *status);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the timing for storage space allocation
  *
  * \dcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] alloc_time The timing setting for allocating dataset
  *                        storage space
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_alloc_time() retrieves the timing for allocating storage
  *          space for a dataset's raw data. This property is set in the
  *          dataset creation property list \p plist_id. The timing setting
  *          is returned in \p alloc_time as one of the following values:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5D_ALLOC_TIME_DEFAULT<br />&nbsp;</td>
  *            <td>Uses the default allocation time, based on the dataset
  *                storage method. <br />See the \p alloc_time description in
  *                H5Pset_alloc_time() for default allocation times for
  *                various storage methods.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5D_ALLOC_TIME_EARLY</td>
  *            <td>All space is allocated when the dataset is created.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5D_ALLOC_TIME_INCR</td>
  *            <td>Space is allocated incrementally as data is written
  *                to the dataset.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5D_ALLOC_TIME_LATE</td>
  *            <td>All space is allocated when data is first written to
  *                the dataset.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  * \note H5Pget_alloc_time() is designed to work in concert with the
  *       dataset fill value and fill value write time properties, set
  *       with the functions H5Pget_fill_value() and H5Pget_fill_time().
  *
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_alloc_time(hid_t plist_id, H5D_alloc_time_t *alloc_time /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the size of chunks for the raw data of a chunked
  *        layout dataset
  *
  * \dcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in]  max_ndims Size of the \p dims array
  * \param[out] dim Array to store the chunk dimensions
  *
  * \return Returns chunk dimensionality if successful;
  *         otherwise returns a negative value.
  *
  * \details H5Pget_chunk() retrieves the size of chunks for the raw data
  *          of a chunked layout dataset. This function is only valid for
  *          dataset creation property lists. At most, \p max_ndims elements
  *          of \p dim will be initialized.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL int H5Pget_chunk(hid_t plist_id, int max_ndims, hsize_t dim[] /*out*/);
 /**
  *
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the edge chunk option setting from a dataset creation
  *        property list
  *
  * \dcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] opts  Edge chunk option flag. Valid values are described in
  *                   H5Pset_chunk_opts(). The option status can be
  *                   retrieved using the bitwise AND operator ( & ). For
  *                   example, the expression
  *                   (opts&#H5D_CHUNK_DONT_FILTER_PARTIAL_CHUNKS) will
  *                   evaluate to #H5D_CHUNK_DONT_FILTER_PARTIAL_CHUNKS if
  *                   that option has been enabled. Otherwise, it will
  *                   evaluate to 0 (zero).
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_chunk_opts() retrieves the edge chunk option setting
  *          stored in the dataset creation property list \p plist_id.
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_chunk_opts(hid_t plist_id, unsigned *opts);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the setting for whether or not to create minimized
  *        dataset object headers
  *
  * \dcpl_id
  * \param[out] minimize  Flag indicating whether the library will or will
  *                       not create minimized dataset object headers
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_dset_no_attrs_hint() retrieves the
  *          <i>no dataset attributes</i> hint setting for the dataset
  *          creation property list \p dcpl_id. This setting is used to
  *          inform the library to create minimized dataset object headers
  *          when true. The setting value is returned in the boolean pointer
  *          \p minimize.
  *
  * \since 1.10.5
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_dset_no_attrs_hint(hid_t dcpl_id, hbool_t *minimize);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Returns information about an external file
  *
  * \dcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in]  idx       External file index
  * \param[in]  name_size Maximum length of \p name array
  * \param[out] name      Name of the external file
  * \param[out] offset    Pointer to a location to return an offset value
  * \param[out] size      Pointer to a location to return the size of the
  *                       external file data
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_external() returns information about an external file.
  *          The external file is specified by its index, \p idx, which
  *          is a number from zero to N-1, where N is the value returned
  *          by H5Pget_external_count(). At most \p name_size characters
  *          are copied into the \p name array. If the external file name
  *          is longer than \p name_size with the null terminator, the
  *          return value is not null terminated (similar to strncpy()).
  *
  *          If \p name_size is zero or \p name is the null pointer, the
  *          external file name is not returned. If \p offset or \p size
  *          are null pointers then the corresponding information is not
  *          returned.
  *
  * \note On Windows, off_t is typically a 32-bit signed long value, which
  *       limits the valid offset that can be returned to 2 GiB.
  *
  * \version 1.6.4 \p idx parameter type changed to unsigned.
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_external(hid_t plist_id, unsigned idx, size_t name_size, char *name /*out*/,
                               off_t *offset /*out*/, hsize_t *size /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Returns the number of external files for a dataset
  *
  * \dcpl_id{plist_id}
  *
  * \return Returns the number of external files if successful; otherwise
  *         returns a negative value.
  *
  * \details H5Pget_external_count() returns the number of external files
  *          for the specified dataset.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL int H5Pget_external_count(hid_t plist_id);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the time when fill values are written to a dataset
  *
  * \dcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] fill_time Setting for the timing of writing fill values to
  *                       the dataset
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_fill_time() examines the dataset creation property list
  *          \p plist_id to determine when fill values are to be written to
  *          a dataset. Valid values returned in \p fill_time are as
  *          follows:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5D_FILL_TIME_IFSET</td>
  *            <td>Fill values are written to the dataset when storage
  *                space is allocated only if there is a user-defined fill
  *                value, i.e., one set with H5Pset_fill_value(). (Default)
  *             </td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5D_FILL_TIME_ALLOC</td>
  *            <td>Fill values are written to the dataset when storage
  *                space is allocated.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5D_FILL_TIME_NEVER</td>
  *            <td>Fill values are never written to the dataset.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  * \note H5Pget_fill_time() is designed to work in coordination with the
  *       dataset fill value and dataset storage allocation time properties,
  *       retrieved with the functions H5Pget_fill_value() and
  *       H5Pget_alloc_time().type == H5FD_MEM_DRAW
  *
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_fill_time(hid_t plist_id, H5D_fill_time_t *fill_time /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves a dataset fill value
  *
  * \dcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in]  type_id Datatype identifier for the value passed via
  *                     \p value
  * \param[out] value   Pointer to buffer to contain the returned
  *                     fill value
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_fill_value() returns the dataset fill value defined in
  *          the dataset creation property list \p plist_id. The fill value
  *          is returned through the \p value pointer and will be converted
  *          to the datatype specified  by \p type_id. This datatype may
  *          differ from the fill value datatype in the property list, but
  *          the HDF5 library must be able to convert between the two
  *          datatypes.
  *
  *          If the fill value is undefined, i.e., set to NULL in the
  *          property list, H5Pget_fill_value() will return an error.
  *          H5Pfill_value_defined() should be used to check for this
  *          condition before H5Pget_fill_value() is called.
  *
  *          Memory must be allocated by the calling application.
  *
  * \note H5Pget_fill_value() is designed to coordinate with the dataset
  *       storage allocation time and fill value write time properties,
  *       which can be retrieved with the functions H5Pget_alloc_time()
  *       and H5Pget_fill_time(), respectively.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_fill_value(hid_t plist_id, hid_t type_id, void *value /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Returns the layout of the raw data for a dataset
  *
  * \dcpl_id{plist_id}
  *
  * \return Returns the layout type (a non-negative value) of a dataset
  *         creation property list if successful. Valid return values are:
  *         - #H5D_COMPACT: Raw data is stored in the object header in the
  *                        file.
  *         - #H5D_CONTIGUOUS: Raw data is stored separately from the object
  *                           header in one contiguous chunk in the file.
  *         - #H5D_CHUNKED: Raw data is stored separately from the object
  *                        header in chunks in separate locations in the
  *                        file.
  *         - #H5D_VIRTUAL: Raw data is drawn from multiple datasets in
  *                        different files.
  * \return
  *         Otherwise, returns a negative value indicating failure.
  *
  * \details H5Pget_layout() returns the layout of the raw data for a
  *          dataset. This function is only valid for dataset creation
  *          property lists.
  *
  *          Note that a compact storage layout may affect writing data to
  *          the dataset with parallel applications. See the H5Dwrite()
  *          documentation for details.
  *
  * \version 1.10.0 #H5D_VIRTUAL added in this release.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL H5D_layout_t H5Pget_layout(hid_t plist_id);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Gets the number of mappings for the virtual dataset
  *
  * \dcpl_id
  * \param[out] count The number of mappings
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_virtual_count() gets the number of mappings for a
  *          virtual dataset that has the creation property list specified
  *          by \p dcpl_id.
  *
  * \see_virtual
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_virtual_count(hid_t dcpl_id, size_t *count /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Gets the name of a source dataset used in the mapping
  *
  * \dcpl_id
  * \param[in]  index Mapping index. The value of \p index is 0 (zero) or
  *                   greater and less than \p count
  *                   (0 ≤ \p index < \p count), where \p count is the
  *                   number of mappings returned by H5Pget_virtual_count().
  * \param[out] name  A buffer containing the name of the source dataset
  * \param[in]  size  The size, in bytes, of the \p name buffer. Must be the
  *                   size of the dataset name in bytes plus 1 for a NULL
  *                   terminator
  *
  * \return Returns the length of the dataset name if successful;
  *         otherwise returns a negative value.
  *
  * \details H5Pget_virtual_dsetname() takes the dataset creation property
  *          list for the virtual dataset, \p dcpl_id, the mapping index,
  *          \p index, the size of the dataset name for a source dataset,
  *          \p size, and retrieves the name of the source dataset used in
  *          the mapping.
  *
  *          Up to \p size characters of the dataset name are returned in
  *          \p name; additional characters, if any, are not returned to
  *          the user application.
  *
  *          \details_namelen{dataset,H5Pget_virtual_dsetname}
  *
  * \see_virtual
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL ssize_t H5Pget_virtual_dsetname(hid_t dcpl_id, size_t index, char *name /*out*/, size_t size);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Gets the filename of a source dataset used in the mapping
  *
  * \dcpl_id
  * \param[in]  index Mapping index. The value of \p index is 0 (zero) or
  *                   greater and less than \p count
  *                   (0 ≤ \p index < \p count), where \p count is the
  *                   number of mappings returned by H5Pget_virtual_count().
  * \param[out] name  A buffer containing the name of the file containing
  *                   the source dataset
  * \param[in]  size  The size, in bytes, of the name buffer. Must be the
  *                   size of the filename in bytes plus 1 for a NULL
  *                   terminator
  *
  * \return Returns the length of the filename if successful; otherwise
  *         returns a negative value.
  *
  * \details H5Pget_virtual_filename() takes the dataset creation property
  *          list for the virtual dataset, \p dcpl_id, the mapping index,
  *          \p index, the size of the filename for a source dataset,
  *          \p size, and retrieves the name of the file for a source dataset
  *          used in the mapping.
  *
  *          Up to \p size characters of the filename are returned in
  *          \p name; additional characters, if any, are not returned to
  *          the user application.
  *
  *          \details_namelen{file,H5Pget_virtual_filename}
  *
  * \see_virtual
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL ssize_t H5Pget_virtual_filename(hid_t dcpl_id, size_t index, char *name /*out*/, size_t size);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Gets a dataspace identifier for the selection within the source
  *        dataset used in the mapping
  *
  * \dcpl_id
  * \param[in] index Mapping index. The value of \p index is 0 (zero) or
  *                  greater and less than \p count
  *                  (0 ≤ \p index < \p count), where \p count is the number
  *                  of mappings returned by H5Pget_virtual_count().
  *
  * \return \hid_t{valid dataspace identifier}
  *
  * \details H5Pget_virtual_srcspace() takes the dataset creation property
  *          list for the virtual dataset, \p dcpl_id, and the mapping
  *          index, \p index, and returns a dataspace identifier for the
  *          selection within the source dataset used in the mapping.
  *
  * \see_virtual
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL hid_t H5Pget_virtual_srcspace(hid_t dcpl_id, size_t index);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Gets a dataspace identifier for the selection within the virtual
  *        dataset used in the mapping
  *
  * \dcpl_id
  * \param[in] index Mapping index. The value of \p index is 0 (zero) or
  *                  greater and less than \p count
  *                  (0 ≤ \p index < \p count), where \p count is the number
  *                  of mappings returned by H5Pget_virtual_count()
  *
  * \return \hid_t{valid dataspace identifier}
  *
  * \details H5Pget_virtual_vspace() takes the dataset creation property
  *          list for the virtual dataset, \p dcpl_id, and the mapping
  *          index, \p index, and returns a dataspace identifier for the
  *          selection within the virtual dataset used in the mapping.
  *
  * \see_virtual
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL hid_t H5Pget_virtual_vspace(hid_t dcpl_id, size_t index);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the timing for storage space allocation
  *
  * \dcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] alloc_time When to allocate dataset storage space
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_alloc_time() sets up the timing for the allocation of
  *          storage space for a dataset's raw data. This property is set
  *          in the dataset creation property list \p plist_id. Timing is
  *          specified in \p alloc_time with one of the following values:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5D_ALLOC_TIME_DEFAULT</td>
  *            <td>Allocate dataset storage space at the default time<br />
  *                (Defaults differ by storage method.)</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5D_ALLOC_TIME_EARLY</td>
  *            <td>Allocate all space when the dataset is created<br />
  *            (Default for compact datasets.)</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5D_ALLOC_TIME_INCR</td>
  *            <td>Allocate space incrementally, as data is written to
  *                the dataset<br />(Default for chunked storage datasets.)
  *
  *                \li Chunked datasets: Storage space allocation for each
  *                    chunk is deferred until data is written to the chunk.
  *                \li Contiguous datasets: Incremental storage space
  *                    allocation for contiguous data is treated as late
  *                    allocation.
  *                \li Compact datasets: Incremental allocation is not
  *                    allowed with compact datasets; H5Pset_alloc_time()
  *                    will return an error.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5D_ALLOC_TIME_LATE</td>
  *            <td>Allocate all space when data is first written to the
  *                dataset<br />
  *                (Default for contiguous datasets.)</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  * \note H5Pset_alloc_time() is designed to work in concert with the
  *       dataset fill value and fill value write time properties, set
  *       with the functions H5Pset_fill_value() and H5Pset_fill_time().
  *
  * \note See H5Dcreate() for further cross-references.
  *
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_alloc_time(hid_t plist_id, H5D_alloc_time_t alloc_time);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the size of the chunks used to store a chunked layout
  *        dataset
  *
  * \dcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] ndims  The number of dimensions of each chunk
  * \param[in] dim    An array defining the size, in dataset elements, of
  *                   each chunk
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  * \details H5Pset_chunk() sets the size of the chunks used to store a
  *          chunked layout dataset. This function is only valid for dataset
  *          creation property lists.
  *
  *          The \p ndims parameter currently must be the same size as the
  *          rank of the dataset.
  *
  *          The values of the \p dim array define the size of the chunks
  *          to store the dataset's raw data. The unit of measure for \p dim
  *          values is dataset elements.
  *
  *          As a side-effect of this function, the layout of the dataset is
  *          changed to #H5D_CHUNKED, if it is not already so set.
  *
  * \note Chunk size cannot exceed the size of a fixed-size dataset. For
  *       example, a dataset consisting of a 5x4 fixed-size array cannot be
  *       defined with 10x10 chunks. Chunk maximums:
  *       - The maximum number of elements in a chunk is 2<sup>32</sup>-1 which
  *         is equal to 4,294,967,295. If the number of elements in a chunk is
  *         set via H5Pset_chunk() to a value greater than 2<sup>32</sup>-1,
  *         then H5Pset_chunk() will fail.
  *       - The maximum size for any chunk is 4GB. If a chunk that is larger
  *         than 4GB attempts to be written with H5Dwrite(), then H5Dwrite()
  *         will fail.
  *
  * \see H5Pset_layout(), H5Dwrite()
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_chunk(hid_t plist_id, int ndims, const hsize_t dim[/*ndims*/]);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the edge chunk option in a dataset creation property list
  *
  * \dcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] opts Edge chunk option flag. Valid values are:
  *                 \li #H5D_CHUNK_DONT_FILTER_PARTIAL_CHUNKS
  *                     When enabled, filters are not applied to partial
  *                     edge chunks. When disabled, partial edge chunks are
  *                     filtered. Enabling this option will improve
  *                     performance when appending to the dataset and, when
  *                     compression filters are used, prevent reallocation
  *                     of these chunks. Datasets created with this option
  *                     enabled will be inaccessible with HDF5 library
  *                     versions before Release 1.10. Default: \e Disabled
  *                 \li 0 (zero) Disables option; partial edge chunks
  *                     will be compressed.
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_chunk_opts() sets the edge chunk option in the
  *          dataset creation property list \p dcpl_id.
  *
  *          The available option is detailed in the parameters section.
  *          Only chunks that are not completely filled by the dataset's
  *          dataspace are affected by this option. Such chunks are
  *          referred to as partial edge chunks.
  *
  *      \b Motivation: H5Pset_chunk_opts() is used to specify storage
  *       options for chunks on the edge of a dataset's dataspace. This
  *       capability allows the user to tune performance in cases where
  *       the dataset size may not be a multiple of the chunk size and
  *       the handling of partial edge chunks can impact performance.
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_chunk_opts(hid_t plist_id, unsigned opts);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the flag to create minimized dataset object headers
  *
  * \dcpl_id
  * \param[in] minimize Flag for indicating whether or not a dataset's
  *                     object header will be minimized
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_dset_no_attrs_hint() sets the no dataset attributes
  *          hint setting for the dataset creation property list \p dcpl_id.
  *          Datasets created with the dataset creation property list
  *          \p dcpl_id will have their object headers minimized if the
  *          boolean flag \p minimize is set to true. By setting \p minimize
  *          to true, the library expects that no attributes will be added
  *          to the dataset. Attributes can be added, but they are appended
  *          with a continuation message, which can reduce performance.
  *
  *          This setting interacts with H5Fset_dset_no_attrs_hint(): if
  *          either is set to true, then the created dataset's object header
  *          will be minimized.
  *
  * \since 1.10.5
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_dset_no_attrs_hint(hid_t dcpl_id, hbool_t minimize);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Adds an external file to the list of external files
  *
  * \dcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] name   Name of an external file
  * \param[in] offset Offset, in bytes, from the beginning of the file to
  *                   the location in the file where the data starts
  * \param[in] size   Number of bytes reserved in the file for the data
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details The first call to H5Pset_external() sets the external
  *          storage property in the property list, thus designating that
  *          the dataset will be stored in one or more non-HDF5 file(s)
  *          external to the HDF5 file. This call also adds the file
  *          \p name as the first file in the list of external files.
  *          Subsequent calls to the function add the named file as the
  *          next file in the list.
  *
  *          If a dataset is split across multiple files, then the files
  *          should be defined in order. The total size of the dataset is
  *          the sum of the \p size arguments for all the external files.
  *          If the total size is larger than the size of a dataset then
  *          the dataset can be extended (provided the data space also
  *          allows the extending).
  *
  *         The \p size argument specifies the number of bytes reserved
  *         for data in the external file. If \p size is set to
  *         #H5F_UNLIMITED, the external file can be of unlimited size
  *         and no more files can be added to the external files list.
  *         If \p size is set to 0 (zero), no external file will actually
  *         be created.
  *
  *         All of the external files for a given dataset must be specified
  *         with H5Pset_external() before H5Dcreate() is called to create
  *         the dataset. If one these files does not exist on the system
  *         when H5Dwrite() is called to write data to it, the library
  *         will create the file.
  *
  * \note On Windows, off_t is typically a 32-bit signed long value, which
  *       limits the valid offset that can be set to 2 GiB.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_external(hid_t plist_id, const char *name, off_t offset, hsize_t size);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the time when fill values are written to a dataset
  *
  * \dcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] fill_time When to write fill values to a dataset
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_fill_time() sets up the timing for writing fill values
  *          to a dataset. This property is set in the dataset creation
  *          property list \p plist_id. Timing is specified in \p fill_time
  *          with one of the following values:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5D_FILL_TIME_IFSET</td>
  *            <td>Write fill values to the dataset when storage space is
  *                allocated only if there is a user-defined fill value,
  *                i.e.,one set with H5Pset_fill_value(). (Default)</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5D_FILL_TIME_ALLOC</td>
  *            <td>Write fill values to the dataset when storage space is
  *                allocated.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5D_FILL_TIME_NEVER</td>
  *            <td>Never write fill values to the dataset.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  * \note H5Pset_fill_time() is designed for coordination with the dataset
  *      fill value and dataset storage allocation time properties, set
  *      with the functions H5Pset_fill_value() and H5Pset_alloc_time().
  *      See H5Dcreate() for further cross-references.
  *
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_fill_time(hid_t plist_id, H5D_fill_time_t fill_time);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the fill value for a dataset
  *
  * \dcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] type_id Datatype of \p value
  * \param[in] value Pointer to buffer containing value to use as
  *            fill value
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_fill_value() sets the fill value for a dataset in the
  *          dataset creation property list. \p value is interpreted as
  *          being of datatype \p type_id. This datatype may differ from
  *          that of the dataset, but the HDF5 library must be able to
  *          convert \p value to the dataset datatype when the dataset is
  *          created.
  *
  *          The default fill value is 0 (zero), which is interpreted
  *          according to the actual dataset datatype.
  *
  *          Setting \p value to NULL indicates that the fill value is to
  *          be undefined.
  *
  * \note Applications sometimes write data only to portions of an allocated
  *       dataset. It is often useful in such cases to fill the unused space
  *       with a known fill value. This function allows the user application
  *       to set that fill value; the functions H5Dfill() and
  *       H5Pset_fill_time(), respectively, provide the ability to apply the
  *       fill value on demand or to set up its automatic application.
  *
  * \note A fill value should be defined so that it is appropriate for the
  *       application. While the HDF5 default fill value is 0 (zero), it is
  *       often appropriate to use another value. It might be useful, for
  *       example, to use a value that is known to be impossible for the
  *       application to legitimately generate.
  *
  * \note H5Pset_fill_value() is designed to work in concert with
  *       H5Pset_alloc_time() and H5Pset_fill_time(). H5Pset_alloc_time()
  *       and H5Pset_fill_time() govern the timing of dataset storage
  *       allocation and fill value write operations and can be important in
  *       tuning application performance.
  *
  * \note See H5Dcreate() for further cross-references.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_fill_value(hid_t plist_id, hid_t type_id, const void *value);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets up use of the shuffle filter
  *
  * \dcpl_id{plist_id}
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \par_compr_note
  *
  * \details H5Pset_shuffle() sets the shuffle filter, #H5Z_FILTER_SHUFFLE,
  *          in the dataset creation property list \p plist_id. The shuffle
  *          filter de-interlaces a block of data by reordering the bytes.
  *          All the bytes from one consistent byte position of each data
  *          element are placed together in one block; all bytes from a
  *          second consistent byte position of each data element are placed
  *          together a second block; etc. For example, given three data
  *          elements of a 4-byte datatype stored as 012301230123, shuffling
  *          will re-order data as 000111222333. This can be a valuable step
  *          in an effective compression algorithm because the bytes in each
  *          byte position are often closely related to each other and
  *          putting them together can increase the compression ratio.
  *
  *          As implied above, the primary value of the shuffle filter lies
  *          in its coordinated use with a compression filter; it does not
  *          provide data compression when used alone. When the shuffle
  *          filter is applied to a dataset immediately prior to the use of
  *          a compression filter, the compression ratio achieved is often
  *          superior to that achieved by the use of a compression filter
  *          without the shuffle filter.
  *
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_shuffle(hid_t plist_id);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the type of storage used to store the raw data for a dataset
  *
  * \dcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] layout Type of storage layout for raw data
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  * \details H5Pset_layout() sets the type of storage used to store the raw
  *          data for a dataset. This function is only valid for dataset
  *          creation property lists.
  *
  *          Valid values for \p layout are:
  *           - #H5D_COMPACT: Store raw data in the dataset object header
  *                           in file. This should only be used for datasets
  *                           with small amounts of raw data. The raw data
  *                           size limit is 64K (65520 bytes). Attempting
  *                           to create a dataset with raw data larger than
  *                           this limit will cause the H5Dcreate() call to
  *                           fail.
  *           - #H5D_CONTIGUOUS: Store raw data separately from the object
  *                              header in one large chunk in the file.
  *           - #H5D_CHUNKED: Store raw data separately from the object header
  *                           as chunks of data in separate locations in
  *                           the file.
  *           - #H5D_VIRTUAL: Draw raw data from multiple datasets in
  *                           different files.
  *
  *          Note that a compact storage layout may affect writing data to
  *          the dataset with parallel applications. See the note in
  *          H5Dwrite() documentation for details.
  * \version 1.10.0 #H5D_VIRTUAL added in this release.
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_layout(hid_t plist_id, H5D_layout_t layout);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets up the use of the N-Bit filter
  *
  * \dcpl_id{plist_id}
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \par_compr_note
  *
  * \details H5Pset_nbit() sets the N-Bit filter, #H5Z_FILTER_NBIT, in the
  *          dataset creation property list \p plist_id.
  *
  *          The HDF5 user can create an N-Bit datatype with the following
  *          code:
  *          <pre>
  *          hid_t nbit_datatype = H5Tcopy(H5T_STD_I32LE);
  *          H5Tset_precision(nbit_datatype, 16);
  *          H5Tset_offset(nbit_datatype, 4);
  *          </pre>
  *
  *          In memory, one value of the N-Bit datatype in the above example
  *          will be stored on a little-endian machine as follows:
  *
  *          <table>
  *          <tr>
  *            <td>byte 3</td>
  *            <td>byte 2</td>
  *            <td>byte 1</td>
  *            <td>byte 0</td>
  *          </tr>
  *          <tr>
  *            <td> ???????? </td>
  *            <td> ????SPPP </td>
  *            <td> PPPPPPPP </td>
  *            <td> PPPP???? </td>
  *          </tr>
  *          </table>
  *          Note: S - sign bit, P - significant bit, ? - padding bit; For
  *          signed integer, the sign bit is included in the precision.
  *
  *          When data of the above datatype is stored on disk using the
  *          N-bit filter, all padding bits are chopped off and only
  *          significant bits are stored. The values on disk will be
  *          something like:
  *
  *          <table>
  *          <tr>
  *           <td>1st value</td>
  *           <td>2nd value</td>
  *           <td>...</td>
  *          </tr>
  *          <tr>
  *           <td>SPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP</td>
  *           <td>SPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP</td>
  *           <td>...</td>
  *          </tr>
  *          </table>
  *          The N-Bit filter is used effectively for compressing data of
  *          an N-Bit datatype as well as a compound and an array
  *          datatype with N-Bit fields. However, the datatype classes of
  *          the N-Bit datatype or the N-Bit field of the compound
  *          datatype or the array datatype are limited to integer or
  *          floating-point.
  *
  *          The N-Bit filter supports complex situations where a compound
  *          datatype contains member(s) of a compound datatype or an array
  *          datatype that has a compound datatype as the base type.
  *          However, it does not support the situation where an array
  *          datatype has a variable-length or variable-length string as
  *          its base datatype. The filter does support the situation where
  *          a variable-length or variable-length string is a member of a
  *          compound datatype.
  *
  *          The N-Bit filter allows all other HDF5 datatypes (such as
  *          time, string, bitfield, opaque, reference, enum, and variable
  *          length) to pass through as a no-op.
  *
  *          Like other I/O filters supported by the HDF5 library,
  *          application using the N-Bit filter must store data with
  *          chunked storage.
  *
  *          By nature, the N-Bit filter should not be used together with
  *          other I/O filters.
  *
  * \version 1.8.8 Fortran subroutine introduced in this release.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_nbit(hid_t plist_id);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief  Sets up the use of the scale-offset filter
  *
  * \dcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] scale_type   Flag indicating compression method
  * \param[in] scale_factor Parameter related to scale. Must be
  *                         non-negative
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \par_compr_note
  *
  * \details H5Pset_scaleoffset() sets the scale-offset filter,
  *          #H5Z_FILTER_SCALEOFFSET, for a dataset.
  *
  *          Generally speaking, scale-offset compression performs a scale and/or
  *          offset operation on each data value and truncates the resulting
  *          value to a minimum number of bits (MinBits) before storing it. The
  *          current scale-offset filter supports integer and floating-point
  *          datatypes.
  *
  *          For an integer datatype, the parameter \p scale_type should be set
  *          to #H5Z_SO_INT (2). The parameter \p scale_factor denotes MinBits.
  *          If the user sets it to H5Z_SO_INT_MINBITS_DEFAULT (0), the filter
  *          will calculate MinBits. If \p scale_factor is set to a positive
  *          integer, the filter does not do any calculation and just uses the
  *          number as MinBits. However, if the user gives a MinBits that is less
  *          than what would be generated by the filter, the compression will be
  *          lossy. Also, the MinBits supplied by the user cannot exceed the
  *          number of bits to store one value of the dataset datatype.
  *
  *          For a floating-point datatype, the filter adopts the GRiB data
  *          packing mechanism, which offers two alternate methods: E-scaling and
  *          D-scaling. Both methods are lossy compression. If the parameter
  *          \p scale_type is set to #H5Z_SO_FLOAT_DSCALE (0), the filter will
  *          use the D-scaling method; if it is set to #H5Z_SO_FLOAT_ESCALE (1),
  *          the filter will use the E-scaling method. Since only the D-scaling
  *          method is implemented, \p scale_type should be set to
  *          #H5Z_SO_FLOAT_DSCALE or 0.
  *
  *          When the D-scaling method is used, the original data is "D" scaled
  *          — multiplied by 10 to the power of \p scale_factor, and the
  *          "significant" part of the value is moved to the left of the decimal
  *          point. Care should be taken in setting the decimal \p scale_factor
  *          so that the integer part will have enough precision to contain the
  *          appropriate information of the data value. For example, if
  *          \p scale_factor is set to 2, the number 104.561 will be 10456.1
  *          after "D" scaling. The last digit 1 is not "significant" and is
  *          thrown off in the process of rounding. The user should make sure that
  *          after "D" scaling and rounding, the data values are within the range
  *          that can be represented by the integer (same size as the
  *          floating-point type).
  *
  *          Valid values for scale_type are as follows:
  *
  *          <table>
  *          <tr>
  *            <td>#H5Z_SO_FLOAT_DSCALE (0)</td>
  *            <td>Floating-point type, using variable MinBits method</td>
  *          </tr>
  *          <tr>
  *            <td>#H5Z_SO_FLOAT_ESCALE (1)</td>
  *            <td>Floating-point type, using fixed MinBits method</td>
  *          </tr>
  *          <tr>
  *            <td>#H5Z_SO_INT (2)</td>
  *            <td>Integer type</td>
  *          </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  *          The meaning of \p scale_factor varies according to the value
  *          assigned to \p scale_type:
  *
  *          <table>
  *          <tr>
  *            <th>\p scale_type value</th>
  *            <th>\p scale_factor description</th>
  *          </tr>
  *          <tr>
  *            <td>#H5Z_SO_FLOAT_DSCALE</td>
  *            <td>Denotes the decimal scale factor for D-scaling and can be
  *                positive, negative or zero. This is the current
  *                implementation of the library.</td>
  *          </tr>
  *          <tr>
  *            <td>#H5Z_SO_FLOAT_ESCALE</td>
  *            <td>Denotes MinBits for E-scaling and must be a positive integer.
  *                This is not currently implemented by the library.</td>
  *          </tr>
  *          <tr>
  *            <td>#H5Z_SO_INT</td>
  *            <td>Denotes MinBits and it should be a positive integer or
  *                #H5Z_SO_INT_MINBITS_DEFAULT (0). If it is less than 0, the
  *                library will reset it to 0 since it is not implemented.
  *            </td>
  *          </tr>
  *          </table>
  *          Like other I/O filters supported by the HDF5 library, an
  *          application using the scale-offset filter must store data with
  *          chunked storage.
  *
  * \version 1.8.8 Fortran90 subroutine introduced in this release.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_scaleoffset(hid_t plist_id, H5Z_SO_scale_type_t scale_type, int scale_factor);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets up use of the SZIP compression filter
  *
  * \dcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] options_mask A bit-mask conveying the desired SZIP options;
  *                         Valid values are #H5_SZIP_EC_OPTION_MASK and
  *                         #H5_SZIP_NN_OPTION_MASK.
  * \param[in] pixels_per_block The number of pixels or data elements in each
  *            data block (max #H5_SZIP_MAX_PIXELS_PER_BLOCK)
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \par_compr_note
  *
  * \details H5Pset_szip() sets an SZIP compression filter, #H5Z_FILTER_SZIP,
  *          for a dataset. SZIP is a compression method designed for use with
  *          scientific data.
  *
  *          Before proceeding, all users should review the “Limitations”
  *          section below.
  *
  *          Users familiar with SZIP outside the HDF5 context may benefit
  *          from reviewing the Note “For Users Familiar with SZIP in Other
  *          Contexts” below.
  *
  *          In the text below, the term pixel refers to an HDF5 data element.
  *          This terminology derives from SZIP compression's use with image
  *          data, where pixel referred to an image pixel.
  *
  *          The SZIP \p bits_per_pixel value (see Note, below) is automatically
  *          set, based on the HDF5 datatype. SZIP can be used with atomic
  *          datatypes that may have size of 8, 16, 32, or 64 bits.
  *          Specifically, a dataset with a datatype that is 8-, 16-, 32-, or
  *          64-bit signed or unsigned integer; char; or 32- or 64-bit float
  *          can be compressed with SZIP. See Note, below, for further
  *          discussion of the SZIP \p bits_per_pixel setting.
  *
  *          SZIP options are passed in an options mask, \p options_mask,
  *          as follows.
  *
  *          <table>
  *            <tr>
  *             <th>Option</th>
  *             <th>Description (Mutually exclusive; select one)</th>
  *            </tr>
  *            <tr>
  *             <td>#H5_SZIP_EC_OPTION_MASK</td>
  *             <td>Selects entropy coding method</td>
  *            </tr>
  *            <tr>
  *             <td>#H5_SZIP_NN_OPTION_MASK</td>
  *             <td>Selects nearest neighbor preprocessing followed by entropy coding</td>
  *            </tr>
  *           </table>
  *
  *           The following guidelines can be used in determining which
  *           option to select:
  *
  *           - The entropy coding method, the EC option specified by
  *             #H5_SZIP_EC_OPTION_MASK, is best suited for data that has been
  *             processed. The EC method works best for small numbers.
  *           - The nearest neighbor coding method, the NN option specified
  *             by #H5_SZIP_NN_OPTION_MASK, preprocesses the data then the
  *             applies EC method as above.
  *
  *           Other factors may affect results, but the above criteria
  *           provides a good starting point for optimizing data compression.
  *
  *           SZIP compresses data block by block, with a user-tunable block
  *           size. This block size is passed in the parameter
  *           \p pixels_per_block and must be even and not greater than 32,
  *           with typical values being 8, 10, 16, or 32. This parameter
  *           affects compression ratio; the more pixel values vary, the
  *           smaller this number should be to achieve better performance.
  *
  *           In HDF5, compression can be applied only to chunked datasets.
  *           If \p pixels_per_block is bigger than the total number of
  *           elements in a dataset chunk, H5Pset_szip() will succeed but
  *           the subsequent call to H5Dcreate() will fail; the conflict
  *           can be detected only when the property list is used.
  *
  *           To achieve optimal performance for SZIP compression, it is
  *           recommended that a chunk's fastest-changing dimension be equal
  *           to N times \p pixels_per_block where N is the maximum number of
  *           blocks per scan line allowed by the SZIP library. In the
  *           current version of SZIP, N is set to 128.
  *
  *           SZIP compression is an optional HDF5 filter.
  *
  *           \b Limitations:
  *
  *           - SZIP compression cannot be applied to compound, array,
  *             variable-length, enumeration, or any other user-defined
  *             datatypes. If an SZIP filter is set in a dataset creation
  *             property list used to create a dataset containing a
  *             non-allowed datatype, the call to H5Dcreate() will fail; the
  *             conflict can be detected only when the property list is used.
  *           - Users should be aware that there are factors that affect one's
  *             rights and ability to use SZIP compression by reviewing the
  *             SZIP copyright notice. (This limitation does not apply to the
  *             libaec library).
  *
  * \note <b> For Users Familiar with SZIP in Other Contexts: </b>
  *
  * \note  The following notes are of interest primarily to those who have
  *        used SZIP compression outside of the HDF5 context.
  *        In non-HDF5 applications, SZIP typically requires that the user
  *        application supply additional parameters:
  *        - \p pixels_in_object, the number of pixels in the object to
  *          be compressed
  *        - \p bits_per_pixel, the number of bits per pixel
  *        - \p pixels_per_scanline, the number of pixels per scan line
  *
  * \note  These values need not be independently supplied in the HDF5
  *        environment as they are derived from the datatype and dataspace,
  *        which are already known. In particular, HDF5 sets
  *        \p pixels_in_object to the number of elements in a chunk and
  *        \p bits_per_pixel to the size of the element or pixel datatype.
  *
  * \note  The following algorithm is used to set \p pixels_per_scanline:
  *        - If the size of a chunk's fastest-changing dimension, size,
  *          is greater than 4K, set \p pixels_per_scanline to 128 times
  *          \p pixels_per_block.
  *        - If size is less than 4K but greater than \p pixels_per_block,
  *          set \p pixels_per_scanline to the minimum of size and 128
  *          times \p pixels_per_block.
  *        - If size is less than \p pixels_per_block but greater than the
  *          number elements in the chunk, set \p pixels_per_scanline to
  *          the minimum of the number elements in the chunk and 128 times
  *          \p pixels_per_block.
  *
  * \note  The HDF5 datatype may have precision that is less than the full
  *        size of the data element, e.g., an 11-bit integer can be defined
  *        using H5Tset_precision(). To a certain extent, SZIP can take
  *        advantage of the precision of the datatype to improve compression:
  *        - If the HDF5 datatype size is 24-bit or less and the offset of
  *          the bits in the HDF5 datatype is zero (see H5Tset_offset() or
  *          H5Tget_offset()), the data is the in lowest N bits of the data
  *          element. In this case, the SZIP \p bits_per_pixel is set to the
  *          precision of the HDF5 datatype.
  *        - If the offset is not zero, the SZIP \p bits_per_pixel will be
  *          set to the number of bits in the full size of the data element.
  *        - If the HDF5 datatype precision is 25-bit to 32-bit, the SZIP
  *          \p bits_per_pixel will be set to 32.
  *        - If the HDF5 datatype precision is 33-bit to 64-bit, the SZIP
  *          \p bits_per_pixel will be set to 64.
  *
  * \note HDF5 always modifies the options mask provided by the user to set up
  *       usage of RAW_OPTION_MASK, ALLOW_K13_OPTION_MASK, and one of
  *       LSB_OPTION_MASK or MSB_OPTION_MASK, depending on endianness of the
  *       datatype.
  *
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_szip(hid_t plist_id, unsigned options_mask, unsigned pixels_per_block);
 
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the mapping between virtual and source datasets
  *
  * \dcpl_id
  * \param[in] vspace_id The dataspace identifier with the selection within the
  *            virtual dataset applied, possibly an unlimited selection
  * \param[in] src_file_name The name of the HDF5 file where the source dataset is
  *            located or a \TText{"."} (period) for a source dataset in the same
  *            file. The file might not exist yet. The name can be specified using
  *            a C-style \c printf statement as described below.
  * \param[in] src_dset_name The path to the HDF5 dataset in the file specified by
  *            \p src_file_name. The dataset might not exist yet. The dataset name
  *            can be specified using a C-style \c printf statement as described below.
  * \param[in] src_space_id The source dataset's dataspace identifier with a
  *            selection applied, possibly an unlimited selection
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_virtual() maps elements of the virtual dataset (VDS)
  *          described by the virtual dataspace identifier \p vspace_id to the
  *          elements of the source dataset described by the source dataset
  *          dataspace identifier \p src_space_id. The source dataset is
  *          identified by the name of the file where it is located,
  *          \p src_file_name, and the name of the dataset, \p src_dset_name.
  *
  * \par C-style \c printf Formatting Statements:
  *      C-style \c printf formatting allows a pattern to be specified in the name
  *      of a source file or dataset. Strings for the file and dataset names are
  *      treated as literals except for the following substitutions:
  *      <table>
  *      <tr>
  *      <td>\TText{"%%"}</td>
  *      <td>Replaced with a single \TText{"%"} (percent) character.</td>
  *      </tr>
  *      <tr>
  *      <td><code>"%<d>b"</code></td>
  *      <td>Where <code>"<d>"</code> is the virtual dataset dimension axis (0-based)
  *          and \TText{"b"} indicates that the block count of the selection in that
  *          dimension should be used. The full expression (for example, \TText{"%0b"})
  *          is replaced with a single numeric value when the mapping is evaluated at
  *          VDS access time. Example code for many source and virtual dataset mappings
  *          is available in the "Examples of Source to Virtual Dataset Mapping"
  *          chapter in the
  *          <a href="https://\RFCURL/HDF5-VDS-requirements-use-cases-2014-12-10.pdf">
  *            RFC: HDF5 Virtual Dataset</a>.
  *      </td>
  *      </tr>
  *      </table>
  *      If the printf form is used for the source file or dataset names, the
  *      selection in the source dataset's dataspace must be fixed-size.
  *
  * \par Source File Resolutions:
  *      When a source dataset residing in a different file is accessed, the
  *      library will search for the source file \p src_file_name as described
  *      below:
  *      \li If \p src_file_name is a \TText{"."} (period) then it refers to the
  *          file containing the virtual dataset.
  *      \li If \p src_file_name is a relative pathname, the following steps are
  *          performed:
  *          - The library will get the prefix(es) set in the environment
  *            variable \c HDF5_VDS_PREFIX and will try to prepend each prefix
  *            to \p src_file_name to form a new \p src_file_name. If the new
  *            \p src_file_name does not exist or if \c HDF5_VDS_PREFIX is not
  *            set, the library will get the prefix set via H5Pset_virtual_prefix()
  *            and prepend it to \p src_file_name to form a new \p src_file_name.
  *            If the new \p src_file_name does not exist or no prefix is being
  *            set by H5Pset_virtual_prefix() then the path of the file containing
  *            the virtual dataset is obtained. This path can be the absolute path
  *            or the current working directory plus the relative path of that
  *            file when it is created/opened. The library will prepend this path
  *            to \p src_file_name to form a new \p src_file_name.
  *          - If the new \p src_file_name does not exist, then the library will
  *            look for \p src_file_name and will return failure/success accordingly.
  *      \li If \p src_file_name is an absolute pathname, the library will first
  *          try to find \p src_file_name. If \p src_file_name does not exist,
  *          \p src_file_name is stripped of directory paths to form a new
  *          \p src_file_name. The search for the new \p src_file_name then follows
  *          the same steps as described above for a relative pathname. See
  *          examples below illustrating how \p src_file_name is stripped to form
  *          a new \p src_file_name.
  * \par
  *      Note that \p src_file_name is considered to be an absolute pathname when
  *      the following condition is true:
  *      \li For Unix, the first character of \p src_file_name is a slash
  *          (\TText{/}).\n For example, consider a \p src_file_name of
  *          \TText{/tmp/A.h5}. If that source file does not exist, the new
  *          \p src_file_name after stripping will be \TText{A.h5}.
  *      \li For Windows, there are 6 cases:
  *          1. \p src_file_name is an absolute drive with absolute pathname.\n
  *             For example, consider a \p src_file_name of \TText{/tmp/A.h5}.
  *             If that source file does not exist, the new \p src_file_name
  *             after stripping will be \TText{A.h5}.
  *          2. \p src_file_name is an absolute pathname without specifying
  *             drive name.\n For example, consider a \p src_file_name of
  *             \TText{/tmp/A.h5}. If that source file does not exist, the new
  *             \p src_file_name after stripping will be \TText{A.h5}.
  *          3. \p src_file_name is an absolute drive with relative pathname.\n
  *             For example, consider a \p src_file_name of \TText{/tmp/A.h5}.
  *             If that source file does not exist, the new \p src_file_name
  *             after stripping will be \TText{tmp/A.h5}.
  *          4. \p src_file_name is in UNC (Uniform Naming Convention) format
  *             with server name, share name, and pathname.\n
  *             For example, consider a \p src_file_name of \TText{/tmp/A.h5}.
  *             If that source file does not exist, the new \p src_file_name
  *             after stripping will be \TText{A.h5}.
  *          5. \p src_file_name is in Long UNC (Uniform Naming Convention)
  *             format with server name, share name, and pathname.\n
  *             For example, consider a \p src_file_name of \TText{/tmp/A.h5}.
  *             If that source file does not exist, the new \p src_file_name
  *             after stripping will be \TText{A.h5}.
  *          6. \p src_file_name is in Long UNC (Uniform Naming Convention)
  *             format with an absolute drive and an absolute pathname.\n
  *             For example, consider a \p src_file_name of \TText{/tmp/A.h5}.
  *             If that source file does not exist, the new \p src_file_name
  *             after stripping will be \TText{A.h5}
  *
  * \see <a href="https://\RFCURL/HDF5-VDS-requirements-use-cases-2014-12-10.pdf">
  *        Virtual Dataset Overview</a>
  *
  * \see_virtual
  *
  * \version 1.10.2 A change was made to the method of searching for VDS source files.
  * \since 1.10.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_virtual(hid_t dcpl_id, hid_t vspace_id, const char *src_file_name,
                              const char *src_dset_name, hid_t src_space_id);
 
 /* Dataset access property list (DAPL) routines */
 /**
  * \ingroup DAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the values of the append property that is set up in
  *        the dataset access property list
  *
  * \dapl_id
  * \param[in] dims     The number of elements for \p boundary
  * \param[in] boundary The dimension sizes used to determine the boundary
  * \param[in] func     The user-defined callback function
  * \param[in] udata    The user-defined input data
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_append_flush() obtains the following information
  *          from the dataset access property list, \p dapl_id.
  *
  *          \p boundary consists of the sizes set up in the access
  *          property list that are used to determine when a dataset
  *          dimension size hits the boundary. Only at most \p dims
  *          boundary sizes are retrieved, and \p dims will not exceed
  *          the corresponding value that is set in the property list.
  *
  *          \p func is the user-defined callback function to invoke when
  *          a dataset's appended dimension size reaches a boundary and
  *          \p udata is the user-defined input data for the callback
  *          function.
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_append_flush(hid_t dapl_id, unsigned dims, hsize_t boundary[], H5D_append_cb_t *func,
                                   void **udata);
 /**
  * \ingroup DAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the raw data chunk cache parameters
  *
  * \dapl_id
  * \param[out] rdcc_nslots Number of chunk slots in the raw data chunk
  *                         cache hash table
  * \param[out] rdcc_nbytes Total size of the raw data chunk cache, in
  *                         bytes
  * \param[out] rdcc_w0     Preemption policy
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_chunk_cache() retrieves the number of chunk slots in
  *          the raw data chunk cache hash table, the maximum possible
  *          number of bytes in the raw data chunk cache, and the
  *          preemption policy value.
  *
  *          These values are retrieved from a dataset access property
  *          list. If the values have not been set on the property list,
  *          then values returned will be the corresponding values from
  *          a default file access property list.
  *
  *          Any (or all) pointer arguments may be null pointers, in which
  *          case the corresponding data is not returned.
  *
  * \since 1.8.3
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_chunk_cache(hid_t dapl_id, size_t *rdcc_nslots /*out*/, size_t *rdcc_nbytes /*out*/,
                                  double *rdcc_w0 /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup DAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the prefix for external raw data storage files as set
  *        in the dataset access property list
  *
  * \dapl_id
  * \param[in,out] prefix Dataset external storage prefix in UTF-8 or
  *                       ASCII (\em Path and \em filename must be ASCII
  *                       on Windows systems.)
  * \param[in]     size   Size of prefix buffer in bytes
  *
  * \return Returns the size of \p prefix and the prefix string will be
  *         stored in \p prefix if successful.
  *         Otherwise returns a negative value and the contents of \p prefix
  *         will be undefined.
  *
  * \details H5Pget_efile_prefix() retrieves the file system path prefix
  *          for locating external files associated with a dataset that
  *          uses external storage. This will be the value set with
  *          H5Pset_efile_prefix() or the HDF5 library's default.
  *
  *          The value of \p size is the size in bytes of the prefix,
  *          including the NULL terminator. If the size is unknown, a
  *          preliminary H5Pget_elink_prefix() call with the pointer
  *          \p prefix set to NULL will return the size of the prefix
  *          without the NULL terminator.
  *
  *          The \p prefix buffer must be allocated by the caller. In a
  *          call that retrieves the actual prefix, that buffer must be
  *          of the size specified in \p size.
  *
  * \note See H5Pset_efile_prefix() for a more complete description of
  *       file location behavior and for notes on the use of the
  *       HDF5_EXTFILE_PREFIX environment variable.
  *
  * \since 1.8.17
  *
  */
 H5_DLL ssize_t H5Pget_efile_prefix(hid_t dapl_id, char *prefix /*out*/, size_t size);
 /**
  * \ingroup DAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves prefix applied to VDS source file paths
  *
  * \dapl_id
  * \param[out] prefix Prefix applied to VDS source file paths
  * \param[in]  size   Size of prefix, including null terminator
  *
  * \return If successful, returns a non-negative value specifying the size
  *         in bytes of the prefix without the NULL terminator; otherwise
  *         returns a negative value.
  *
  * \details H5Pget_virtual_prefix() retrieves the prefix applied to the
  *          path of any VDS source files traversed.
  *
  *          When an VDS source file is traversed, the prefix is retrieved
  *          from the dataset access property list \p dapl_id, returned
  *          in the user-allocated buffer pointed to by \p prefix, and
  *          prepended to the filename stored in the VDS virtual file, set
  *          with H5Pset_virtual().
  *
  *          The size in bytes of the prefix, including the NULL terminator,
  *          is specified in \p size. If \p size is unknown, a preliminary
  *          H5Pget_virtual_prefix() call with the pointer \p prefix set to
  *          NULL will return the size of the prefix without the NULL
  *          terminator.
  *
  * \see_virtual
  *
  * \since 1.10.2
  *
  */
 H5_DLL ssize_t H5Pget_virtual_prefix(hid_t dapl_id, char *prefix /*out*/, size_t size);
 /**
  * \ingroup DAPL
  *
  * \brief Returns the maximum number of missing source files and/or datasets
  *        with the printf-style names when getting the extent for an unlimited
  *        virtual dataset
  *
  * \dapl_id
  * \param[out] gap_size Maximum number of the files and/or datasets
  *                      allowed to be missing for determining the extent
  *                      of an unlimited virtual dataset with printf-style
  *                      mappings. (\em Default: 0)
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_virtual_printf_gap() returns the maximum number of
  *          missing printf-style files and/or datasets for determining the
  *          extent of an unlimited virtual dataaset, \p gap_size, using
  *          the access property list for the virtual dataset, \p dapl_id.
  *
  *          The default library value for \p gap_size is 0 (zero).
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_virtual_printf_gap(hid_t dapl_id, hsize_t *gap_size);
 /**
  * \ingroup DAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the view of a virtual dataset accessed with
  *        \p dapl_id
  *
  * \dapl_id
  * \param[out] view The flag specifying the view of the virtual dataset.
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_virtual_view() takes the virtual dataset access property
  *          list, \p dapl_id, and retrieves the flag, \p view, set by the
  *          H5Pset_virtual_view() call.
  *
  * \see_virtual
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_virtual_view(hid_t dapl_id, H5D_vds_view_t *view);
 /**
  * \ingroup DAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets two actions to perform when the size of a dataset's
  *        dimension being appended reaches a specified boundary
  *
  * \dapl_id
  * \param[in] ndims    The number of elements for boundary
  * \param[in] boundary The dimension sizes used to determine the boundary
  * \param[in] func     The user-defined callback function
  * \param[in] udata    The user-defined input data
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_append_flush() sets the following two actions to
  *          perform for a dataset associated with the dataset access
  *          property list \p dapl_id:
  *
  *          \li Call the callback function \p func set in the property
  *              list
  *          \li Flush the dataset associated with the dataset access
  *              property list
  *
  *          When a user is appending data to a dataset via H5DOappend()
  *          and the dataset's newly extended dimension size hits a
  *          specified boundary, the library will perform the first action
  *          listed above. Upon return from the callback function, the
  *          library will then perform the second action listed above and
  *          return to the user. If no boundary is hit or set, the two
  *          actions above are not invoked.
  *
  *          The specified boundary is indicated by the parameter
  *          \p boundary. It is a 1-dimensional array with \p ndims
  *          elements, which should be the same as the rank of the
  *          dataset's dataspace. While appending to a dataset along a
  *          particular dimension index via H5Dappend(), the library
  *          determines a boundary is reached when the resulting dimension
  *          size is divisible by \p boundary[index]. A zero value for
  *          \p boundary[index] indicates no boundary is set for that
  *          dimension index.
  *
  *          The setting of this property will apply only for a chunked
  *          dataset with an extendible dataspace. A dataspace is extendible
  *          when it is defined with either one of the following:
  *
  *          \li A dataspace with fixed current and maximum dimension sizes
  *          \li A dataspace with at least one unlimited dimension for its
  *              maximum dimension size
  *
  *          When creating or opening a chunked dataset, the library will
  *          check whether the boundary as specified in the access property
  *          list is set up properly. The library will fail the dataset
  *          create or open if the following conditions are true:
  *
  *          \li \p ndims, the number of elements for boundary, is not the
  *              same as the rank of the dataset's dataspace.
  *          \li A non-zero boundary value is specified for a non-extendible
  *          dimension.
  *
  *          The callback function \p func must conform to the following
  *          prototype:
  *          \snippet H5Dpublic.h H5D_append_cb_t_snip
  *
  *          The parameters of the callback function, per the above
  *          prototype, are defined as follows:
  *
  *          \li \p dataset_id is the dataset identifier.
  *          \li \p cur_dims is the dataset's current dimension sizes when
  *              a boundary is hit.
  *          \li \p user_data is the user-defined input data.
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_append_flush(hid_t dapl_id, unsigned ndims, const hsize_t boundary[],
                                   H5D_append_cb_t func, void *udata);
 /**
  * \ingroup DAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the raw data chunk cache parameters
  *
  * \dapl_id
  * \param[in] rdcc_nslots The number of chunk slots in the raw data chunk
  *                        cache for this dataset. Increasing this value
  *                        reduces the number of cache collisions, but
  *                        slightly increases the memory used. Due to the
  *                        hashing strategy, this value should ideally be a
  *                        prime number. As a rule of thumb, this value
  *                        should be at least 10 times the number of chunks
  *                        that can fit in \p rdcc_nbytes bytes. For maximum
  *                        performance, this value should be set
  *                        approximately 100 times that number of chunks.
  *                        The default value is 521. If the value passed is
  *                        #H5D_CHUNK_CACHE_NSLOTS_DEFAULT, then the
  *                        property will not be set on \p dapl_id and the
  *                        parameter will come from the file access
  *                        property list used to open the file.
  * \param[in] rdcc_nbytes The total size of the raw data chunk cache for
  *                        this dataset. In most cases increasing this
  *                        number will improve performance, as long as
  *                        you have enough free memory.
  *                        The default size is 1 MB. If the value passed is
  *                        #H5D_CHUNK_CACHE_NBYTES_DEFAULT, then the
  *                        property will not be set on \p dapl_id and the
  *                        parameter will come from the file access
  *                        property list.
  * \param[in] rdcc_w0     The chunk preemption policy for this dataset.
  *                        This must be between 0 and 1 inclusive and
  *                        indicates the weighting according to which chunks
  *                        which have been fully read or written are
  *                        penalized when determining which chunks to flush
  *                        from cache. A value of 0 means fully read or
  *                        written chunks are treated no differently than
  *                        other chunks (the preemption is strictly LRU)
  *                        while a value of 1 means fully read or written
  *                        chunks are always preempted before other chunks.
  *                        If your application only reads or writes data
  *                        once, this can be safely set to 1. Otherwise,
  *                        this should be set lower, depending on how often
  *                        you re-read or re-write the same data.
  *                        The default value is 0.75. If the value passed is
  *                        #H5D_CHUNK_CACHE_W0_DEFAULT, then the property
  *                        will not be set on \p dapl_id and the parameter
  *                        will come from the file access property list.
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_chunk_cache() sets the number of elements, the total
  *          number of bytes, and the preemption policy value in the raw
  *          data chunk cache on a dataset access property list. After
  *          calling this function, the values set in the property list
  *          will override the values in the file's file access property
  *          list.
  *
  *          The raw data chunk cache inserts chunks into the cache
  *          by first computing a hash value using the address of a chunk,
  *          then using that hash value as the chunk's index into the table
  *          of cached chunks. The size of this hash table, i.e., and the
  *          number of possible hash values, is determined by the
  *          \p rdcc_nslots parameter. If a different chunk in the cache
  *          has the same hash value, this causes a collision, which
  *          reduces efficiency. If inserting the chunk into cache would
  *          cause the cache to be too big, then the cache is pruned
  *          according to the \p rdcc_w0 parameter.
  *
  *      \b Motivation: H5Pset_chunk_cache() is used to adjust the chunk
  *       cache parameters on a per-dataset basis, as opposed to a global
  *       setting for the file using H5Pset_cache(). The optimum chunk
  *       cache parameters may vary widely with different data layout and
  *       access patterns, so for optimal performance they must be set
  *       individually for each dataset. It may also be beneficial to
  *       reduce the size of the chunk cache for datasets whose
  *       performance is not important in order to save memory space.
  *
  *      \b Example \b Usage: The following code sets the chunk cache to
  *       use a hash table with 12421 elements and a maximum size of
  *       16 MB, while using the preemption policy specified for the
  *       entire file:
  *       \TText{
  *       H5Pset_chunk_cache(dapl_id, 12421, 16*1024*1024,
  *            H5D_CHUNK_CACHE_W0_DEFAULT);}
  *
  *      \b Usage \b Notes: The chunk cache size is a property for
  *       accessing a dataset and is not stored with a dataset or a
  *       file. To guarantee the same chunk cache settings each time
  *       the dataset is opened, call H5Dopen() with a dataset access
  *       property list where the chunk cache size is set by calling
  *       H5Pset_chunk_cache() for that property list. The property
  *       list can be used for multiple accesses in the same
  *       application.
  *
  *       For files where the same chunk cache size will be
  *       appropriate for all or most datasets, H5Pset_cache() can
  *       be called with a file access property list to set the
  *       chunk cache size for accessing all datasets in the file.
  *
  *       Both methods can be used in combination, in which case
  *       the chunk cache size set by H5Pset_cache() will apply
  *       except for specific datasets where H5Dopen() is called
  *       with dataset property list with the chunk cache size
  *       set by H5Pset_chunk_cache().
  *
  *       In the absence of any cache settings, H5Dopen() will
  *       by default create a 1 MB chunk cache for the opened
  *       dataset. If this size happens to be appropriate, no
  *       call will be needed to either function to set the
  *       chunk cache size.
  *
  *       It is also possible that a change in access pattern
  *       for later access to a dataset will change the
  *       appropriate chunk cache size.
  *
  * \since 1.8.3
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_chunk_cache(hid_t dapl_id, size_t rdcc_nslots, size_t rdcc_nbytes, double rdcc_w0);
 /**
  * \ingroup DAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the external dataset storage file prefix in the dataset
  *        access property list
  *
  * \dapl_id
  * \param[in] prefix Dataset external storage prefix in UTF-8 or ASCII
  *           (<em>Path and filename must be ASCII on Windows systems.</em>)
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_efile_prefix() sets the prefix used to locate raw data
  *          files for a dataset that uses external storage. This prefix
  *          can provide either an absolute path or a relative path to the
  *          external files.
  *
  *          H5Pset_efile_prefix() is used in conjunction with
  *          H5Pset_external() to control the behavior of the HDF5 library
  *          when searching for the raw data files associated with a dataset
  *          that uses external storage:
  *
  *          \li The default behavior of the library is to search for the
  *              dataset's external storage raw data files in the current
  *              working directory of the program.
  *          \li If the prefix is set to an absolute path, the target
  *              directory will be searched for the dataset's external
  *              storage raw data files.
  *          \li If the prefix is set to a relative path, the target
  *              directory, relative to the current working directory, will
  *              be searched for the dataset's external storage raw data
  *              files.
  *          \li If the prefix is set to a relative path that begins with
  *              the special token ${ORIGIN}, that directory, relative to
  *              the HDF5 file containing the dataset, will be searched for
  *              the dataset's external storage raw data files.
  *
  *           The HDF5_EXTFILE_PREFIX environment variable can be used to
  *           override the above behavior (the environment variable
  *           supersedes the API call). Setting the variable to a path
  *           string and calling H5Dcreate() or H5Dopen() is the equivalent
  *           of calling H5Pset_efile_prefix() and calling the same create
  *           or open function. The environment variable is checked at the
  *           time of the create or open action and copied so it can be
  *           safely changed after the H5Dcreate() or H5Dopen() call.
  *
  *           Calling H5Pset_efile_prefix() with \p prefix set to NULL or
  *           the empty string returns the search path to the default. The
  *           result would be the same as if H5Pset_efile_prefix() had never
  *           been called.
  *
  * \note If the external file prefix is not an absolute path and the HDF5
  *       file is moved, the external storage files will also need to be
  *       moved so they can be accessed at the new location.
  *
  * \note As stated above, the use of the HDF5_EXTFILE_PREFIX environment
  *       variable overrides any property list setting.
  *       H5Pset_efile_prefix() and H5Pget_efile_prefix(), being property
  *       functions, set and retrieve only the property list setting; they
  *       are unaware of the environment variable.
  *
  * \note On Windows, the prefix must be an ASCII string since the Windows
  *       standard C library's I/O functions cannot handle UTF-8 file names.
  *
  * \since 1.8.17
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_efile_prefix(hid_t dapl_id, const char *prefix);
 /**
  * \ingroup DAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets prefix to be applied to VDS source file paths
  *
  * \dapl_id
  * \param[in] prefix Prefix to be applied to VDS source file paths
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_virtual_prefix() sets the prefix to be applied to the
  *          path of any VDS source files traversed. The prefix is prepended
  *          to the filename stored in the VDS virtual file, set with
  *          H5Pset_virtual().
  *
  *          The prefix is specified in the user-allocated buffer \p prefix
  *          and set in the dataset access property list \p dapl_id. The
  *          buffer should not be freed until the property list has been
  *          closed.
  *
  * \see_virtual
  *
  * \since 1.10.2
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_virtual_prefix(hid_t dapl_id, const char *prefix);
 /**
  * \ingroup DAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the maximum number of missing source files and/or datasets
  *        with the printf-style names when getting the extent of an
  *        unlimited virtual dataset
  *
  * \dapl_id
  * \param[in] gap_size Maximum number of files and/or datasets allowed to
  *                     be missing for determining the extent of an
  *                     unlimited virtual dataset with printf-style
  *                     mappings (<em>Default value</em>: 0)
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_virtual_printf_gap() sets the access property list for
  *          the virtual dataset, \p dapl_id, to instruct the library to
  *          stop looking for the mapped data stored in the files and/or
  *          datasets with the printf-style names after not finding
  *          \p gap_size files and/or datasets. The found source files and
  *          datasets will determine the extent of the unlimited virtual
  *          dataset with the printf-style mappings.
  *
  *          Consider the following examples where the regularly spaced
  *          blocks of a virtual dataset are mapped to datasets with the
  *          names d-1, d-2, d-3, ..., d-N, ... :
  *
  *          \li If the dataset d-2 is missing and \p gap_size is set to 0,
  *              then the virtual dataset will contain only data found
  *              in d-1.
  *          \li If d-2 and d-3 are missing and \p gap_size is set to 2,
  *              then the virtual dataset will contain the data from
  *              d-1, d-3, ..., d-N, ... .  The blocks that are mapped to
  *              d-2 and d-3 will be filled according to the virtual
  *              dataset's fill value setting.
  *
  * \see_virtual
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_virtual_printf_gap(hid_t dapl_id, hsize_t gap_size);
 /**
  * \ingroup DAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the view of the virtual dataset (VDS) to include or exclude
  *        missing mapped elements
  *
  * \dapl_id
  * \param[in] view Flag specifying the extent of the data to be included
  *                 in the view.
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_virtual_view() takes the access property list for the
  *          virtual dataset, \p dapl_id, and the flag, \p view, and sets
  *          the VDS view according to the flag value.
  *
  *          If \p view is set to #H5D_VDS_FIRST_MISSING, the view includes
  *          all data before the first missing mapped data. This setting
  *          provides a view containing only the continuous data starting
  *          with the dataset's first data element. Any break in
  *          continuity terminates the view.
  *
  *          If \p view is set to #H5D_VDS_LAST_AVAILABLE, the view
  *          includes all available mapped data.
  *
  *          Missing mapped data is filled with the fill value set in the
  *          VDS creation property list.
  *
  * \see_virtual
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_virtual_view(hid_t dapl_id, H5D_vds_view_t view);
 
 /* Dataset xfer property list (DXPL) routines */
 /**
  *
  * \ingroup  DXPL
  *
  * \brief Gets B-tree split ratios for a dataset transfer property list
  *
  * \dxpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] left The B-tree split ratio for left-most nodes
  * \param[out] middle The B-tree split ratio for right-most nodes and lone nodes
  * \param[out] right The B-tree split ratio for all other nodes
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_btree_ratios() returns the B-tree split ratios for a dataset
  *          transfer property list.
  *
  *          The B-tree split ratios are returned through the non-NULL arguments
  *          \p left, \p middle, and \p right, as set by the H5Pset_btree_ratios()
  *          function.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_btree_ratios(hid_t plist_id, double *left /*out*/, double *middle /*out*/,
                                   double *right /*out*/);
 /**
  *
  * \ingroup  DXPL
  *
  * \brief Reads buffer settings
  *
  * \param[in]  plist_id  Identifier for the dataset transfer property list
  * \param[out] tconv     Address of the pointer to application-allocated type
  *                       conversion buffer
  * \param[out] bkg       Address of the pointer to application-allocated
  *                       background buffer
  *
  * \return Returns buffer size, in bytes, if successful; otherwise 0 on failure.
  *
  * \details H5Pget_buffer() reads values previously set with H5Pset_buffer().
  *
  * \version 1.6.0 The return type changed from \p hsize_t to \p size_t.
  * \version 1.4.0 The return type changed to \p hsize_t.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL size_t H5Pget_buffer(hid_t plist_id, void **tconv /*out*/, void **bkg /*out*/);
 /**
  *
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves a data transform expression
  *
  * \param[in]  plist_id    Identifier of the property list or class
  * \param[out] expression  Pointer to memory where the transform expression will
  *                         be copied
  * \param[in]  size        Number of bytes of the transform expression to copy
  *                         to
  *
  * \return Success: the size of the transform expression. Failure: a negative
  *         value.
  *
  * \details H5Pget_data_transform() retrieves the data transform expression
  *          previously set in the dataset transfer property list \p plist_id
  *          by H5Pset_data_transform().
  *
  *          H5Pget_data_transform() can be used to both retrieve the transform
  *          expression and query its size.
  *
  *          If \p expression is non-NULL, up to \p size bytes of the data
  *          transform expression are written to the buffer. If \p expression
  *          is NULL, \p size is ignored, and the function does not write
  *          anything to the buffer. The function always returns the size of
  *          the data transform expression.
  *
  *          If 0 is returned for the size of the expression, no data transform
  *          expression exists for the property list.
  *
  *          If an error occurs, the buffer pointed to by \p expression is
  *          unchanged, and the function returns a negative value.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL ssize_t H5Pget_data_transform(hid_t plist_id, char *expression /*out*/, size_t size);
 /**
  *
  * \ingroup  DXPL
  *
  * \brief Determines whether error-detection is enabled for dataset reads
  *
  * \param[in]  plist_id Dataset transfer property list identifier
  *
  * \return Returns \p H5Z_ENABLE_EDC or \p H5Z_DISABLE_EDC if successful;
  *         otherwise returns a negative value.
  *
  * \details H5Pget_edc_check() queries the dataset transfer property
  *          list \p plist to determine whether error detection is enabled for
  *          data read operations.
  *
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL H5Z_EDC_t H5Pget_edc_check(hid_t plist_id);
 /**
  *
  * \ingroup  DXPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves number of I/O vectors to be read/written in hyperslab I/O
  *
  * \param[in]   fapl_id Dataset transfer property list identifier
  * \param[out]  size    Number of I/O vectors to accumulate in memory for I/O operations
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_hyper_vector_size() retrieves the number of I/O vectors to be accumulated in
  *          memory before being issued to the lower levels of the HDF5 library for reading or
  *          writing the actual data.
  *
  *          The number of I/O vectors set in the dataset transfer property list \p fapl_id is
  *          returned in \p size. Unless the default value is in use, \p size was
  *          previously set with a call to H5Pset_hyper_vector_size().
  *
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_hyper_vector_size(hid_t fapl_id, size_t *size /*out*/);
 /**
  *
  * \ingroup  DXPL
  *
  * \brief Checks status of the dataset transfer property list (\b DEPRECATED)
  *
  * \deprecated{H5Pget_preserve() is deprecated as it is no longer useful;
  *            compound datatype field preservation is now core functionality
  *            in the HDF5 library.}
  *
  * \param[in]   plist_id Identifier for the dataset transfer property list
  *
  * \return Returns 1 or 0 if successful; otherwise returns a negative value.
  *
  * \details H5Pget_preserve() checks the status of the dataset transfer
  *          property list.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  * \version 1.6.0 The flag parameter was changed from INTEGER to LOGICAL to
  *                better match the C API. (Fortran 90)
  * \version 1.8.2 Deprecated.
  *
  */
 H5_DLL int H5Pget_preserve(hid_t plist_id);
 /**
  *
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Gets user-defined datatype conversion callback function
  *
  * \param[in] dxpl_id       Dataset transfer property list identifier
  * \param[out] op           User-defined type conversion callback function
  * \param[out] operate_data User-defined input data for the callback function
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_type_conv_cb() gets the user-defined datatype conversion
  *          callback function \p op in the dataset transfer property list
  *          \p dxpl_id.
  *
  *          The parameter \p operate_data is a pointer to user-defined input
  *          data for the callback function.
  *
  *          The callback function \p op defines the actions an application is
  *          to take when there is an exception during datatype conversion.
  *
  *          Please refer to the function H5Pset_type_conv_cb() for more details.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_type_conv_cb(hid_t dxpl_id, H5T_conv_except_func_t *op, void **operate_data);
 /**
  *
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Gets the memory manager for variable-length datatype allocation in H5Dread() and H5Dvlen_reclaim()
  *
  * \param[in]  plist_id   Identifier for the dataset transfer property list
  * \param[out] alloc_func User's allocate routine, or NULL for system malloc
  * \param[out] alloc_info Extra parameter for user's allocation routine.
  *             Contents are ignored if preceding
  * parameter is NULL \param[out] free_func  User's free routine, or NULL for
  * system free \param[out] free_info
  * Extra parameter for user's free routine. Contents are ignored if preceding
  * parameter is NULL
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_vlen_mem_manager() is the companion function to
  *          H5Pset_vlen_mem_manager(), returning the parameters set by
  *          that function.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_vlen_mem_manager(hid_t plist_id, H5MM_allocate_t *alloc_func, void **alloc_info,
                                       H5MM_free_t *free_func, void **free_info);
 /**
  *
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Sets B-tree split ratios for a dataset transfer property list
  *
  * \param[in] plist_id The dataset transfer property list identifier
  * \param[in] left     The B-tree split ratio for left-most nodes
  * \param[in] middle   The B-tree split ratio for all other nodes
  * \param[in] right    The B-tree split ratio for right-most nodes and lone
  *                     nodes
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_btree_ratios() sets the B-tree split ratios for a dataset
  *          transfer property list. The split ratios determine what percent of
  *          children go in the first node when a node splits.
  *
  *          The ratio \p left is used when the splitting node is the left-most
  *          node at its level in the tree;
  *          the ratio \p right is used when the splitting node is the right-most
  *          node at its level; and
  *          the ratio \p middle is used for all other cases.
  *
  *          A node that is the only node at its level in the tree uses the
  *          ratio \p right when it splits.
  *
  *          All ratios are real numbers between 0 and 1, inclusive.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_btree_ratios(hid_t plist_id, double left, double middle, double right);
 
 /**
  *
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Sets type conversion and background buffers
  *
  * \dxpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] size Size, in bytes, of the type conversion and background buffers
  * \param[in] tconv Pointer to application-allocated type conversion buffer
  * \param[in] bkg Pointer to application-allocated background buffer
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details Given a dataset transfer property list, H5Pset_buffer() sets the
  *          maximum size for the type conversion buffer and background buffer
  *          and optionally supplies pointers to application-allocated
  *          buffers. If the buffer size is smaller than the entire amount of
  *          data being transferred between the application and the file, and a
  *          type conversion buffer or background buffer is required, then strip
  *          mining will be used.
  *
  *          Note that there are minimum size requirements for the buffer. Strip
  *          mining can only break the data up along the first dimension, so the
  *          buffer must be large enough to accommodate a complete slice that
  *          encompasses all of the remaining dimensions. For example, when strip
  *          mining a \TText{100x200x300} hyperslab of a simple data space, the
  *          buffer must be large enough to hold \TText{1x200x300} data
  *          elements. When strip mining a \TText{100x200x300x150} hyperslab of a
  *          simple data space, the buffer must be large enough to hold
  *          \TText{1x200x300x150} data elements.
  *
  *          If \p tconv and/or \p bkg are null pointers, then buffers will be
  *          allocated and freed during the data transfer.
  *
  *          The default value for the maximum buffer is 1 MiB.
  *
  * \version 1.6.0 The \p size parameter has changed from type hsize_t to \c size_t.
  * \version 1.4.0 The \p size parameter has changed to type hsize_t.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_buffer(hid_t plist_id, size_t size, void *tconv, void *bkg);
 
 /**
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Sets a data transform expression
  *
  * \dxpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] expression Pointer to the null-terminated data transform
  *                       expression
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_data_transform() sets the data transform to be used for
  *          reading and writing data. This function operates on the dataset
  *          transfer property list \p plist_id.
  *
  *          The \p expression parameter is a string containing an algebraic
  *          expression, such as \TText{(5/9.0)*(x-32)} or \TText{x*(x-5)}. When a
  *          dataset is read or written with this property list, the transform
  *          expression is applied with the \c x being replaced by the values in
  *          the dataset. When reading data, the values in the file are not
  *          changed and the transformed data is returned to the user.
  *
  *          Data transforms can only be applied to integer or
  *          floating-point datasets. Order of operations is obeyed and
  *          the only supported operations are +, -, *, and /. Parentheses
  *          can be nested arbitrarily and can be used to change precedence.
  *          When writing data back to the dataset, the transformed data is
  *          written to the file and there is no way to recover the original
  *          values to which the transform was applied.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_data_transform(hid_t plist_id, const char *expression);
 
 /**
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the dataset transfer property list to enable or disable error
  *        detection when reading data
  *
  * \dxpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] check Specifies whether error checking is enabled or disabled
  *            for dataset read operations
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_edc_check() sets the dataset transfer property list \p plist
  *          to enable or disable error detection when reading data.
  *
  *          Whether error detection is enabled or disabled is specified in the
  *          \p check parameter. Valid values are #H5Z_ENABLE_EDC (default) and
  *          #H5Z_DISABLE_EDC.
  *
  * \note The initial error detection implementation, Fletcher32 checksum,
  *       supports error detection for chunked datasets only.
  *
  * \attention The Fletcher32 EDC checksum filter, set with H5Pset_fletcher32(),
  *            was added in HDF5 Release 1.6.0. In the original implementation,
  *            however, the checksum value was calculated incorrectly on
  *            little-endian systems. The error was fixed in HDF5 Release 1.6.3.\n
  *            As a result of this fix, an HDF5 library of Release 1.6.0 through
  *            Release 1.6.2 cannot read a dataset created or written with
  *            Release 1.6.3 or later if the dataset was created with the
  *            checksum filter and the filter is enabled in the reading
  *            library. (Libraries of Release 1.6.3 and later understand the
  *            earlier error and compensate appropriately.)\n
  *            \Bold{Work-around:} An HDF5 library of Release 1.6.2 or earlier
  *            will be able to read a dataset created or written with the
  *            checksum filter by an HDF5 library of Release 1.6.3 or later if
  *            the checksum filter is disabled for the read operation. This can
  *            be accomplished via an H5Pset_edc_check() call with the value
  *            #H5Z_DISABLE_EDC in the second parameter. This has the obvious
  *            drawback that the application will be unable to verify the
  *            checksum, but the data does remain accessible.
  *
  * \version 1.6.3 Error in checksum calculation on little-endian systems
  *          corrected in this release.
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_edc_check(hid_t plist_id, H5Z_EDC_t check);
 
 /**
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Sets user-defined filter callback function
  *
  * \dxpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] func User-defined filter callback function
  * \param[in] op_data User-defined input data for the callback function
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_filter_callback() sets the user-defined filter callback
  *          function \p func in the dataset transfer property list \p plist_id.
  *
  *          The parameter \p op_data is a pointer to user-defined input data for
  *          the callback function and will be passed through to the callback
  *          function.
  *
  *          The callback function \p func defines the actions an application is
  *          to take when a filter fails. The function prototype is as follows:
  *          \snippet H5Zpublic.h H5Z_filter_func_t_snip
  *          where \c filter indicates which filter has failed, \c buf and \c buf_size
  *          are used to pass in the failed data, and op_data is the required
  *          input data for this callback function.
  *
  *          Valid callback function return values are #H5Z_CB_FAIL and #H5Z_CB_CONT.
  *
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_filter_callback(hid_t plist_id, H5Z_filter_func_t func, void *op_data);
 
 /**
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Sets number of I/O vectors to be read/written in hyperslab I/O
  *
  * \dxpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] size Number of I/O vectors to accumulate in memory for I/O
  *            operations\n
  *            Must be greater than 1 (one)\n
  *            Default value: 1024
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_hyper_vector_size() sets the number of I/O vectors to be
  *          accumulated in memory before being issued to the lower levels of
  *          the HDF5 library for reading or writing the actual data.
  *
  *          The I/O vectors are hyperslab offset and length pairs and are
  *          generated during hyperslab I/O.
  *
  *          The number of I/O vectors is passed in \p size to be set in the
  *          dataset transfer property list \p plist_id. \p size must be
  *          greater than 1 (one).
  *
  *          H5Pset_hyper_vector_size() is an I/O optimization function;
  *          increasing vector_size should provide better performance, but the
  *          library will use more memory during hyperslab I/O. The default value
  *          of \p size is 1024.
  *
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_hyper_vector_size(hid_t plist_id, size_t size);
 
 /**
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the dataset transfer property list \p status
  *
  * \dxpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] status Status toggle of the dataset transfer property list
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \deprecated This function is deprecated as it no longer has any effect;
  *             compound datatype field preservation is now core functionality in
  *             the HDF5 library.
  *
  * \details H5Pset_preserve() sets the dataset transfer property list status to
  *          \c 1 or \c 0.
  *
  *          When reading or writing compound datatypes and the destination is
  *          partially initialized and the read/write is intended to initialize
  *          the other members, one must set this property to \c 1. Otherwise the
  *          I/O pipeline treats the destination datapoints as completely
  *          uninitialized.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  * \version 1.8.2 Deprecated.
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_preserve(hid_t plist_id, hbool_t status);
 
 /**
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Sets user-defined datatype conversion callback function
  *
  * \dxpl_id
  * \param[in] op User-defined type conversion callback function
  * \param[in] operate_data User-defined input data for the callback function
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_type_conv_cb() sets the user-defined datatype conversion
  *          callback function \p op in the dataset transfer property list \p
  *          dxpl_id
  *
  *          The parameter operate_data is a pointer to user-defined input data
  *          for the callback function and will be passed through to the callback
  *          function.
  *
  *          The callback function \p op defines the actions an application is to
  *          take when there is an exception during datatype conversion. The
  *          function prototype is as follows:
  *          \snippet H5Tpublic.h H5T_conv_except_func_t_snip
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_type_conv_cb(hid_t dxpl_id, H5T_conv_except_func_t op, void *operate_data);
 
 /**
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the memory manager for variable-length datatype allocation in
  *        H5Dread() and H5Dvlen_reclaim()
  *
  * \dxpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] alloc_func User's allocate routine, or \c NULL for system \c malloc
  * \param[in] alloc_info Extra parameter for user's allocation routine.
  *            Contents are ignored if preceding parameter is \c NULL.
  * \param[in] free_func User's free routine, or \c NULL for system \c free
  * \param[in] free_info Extra parameter for user's free routine. Contents are
  *            ignored if preceding parameter is \c NULL
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_vlen_mem_manager() sets the memory manager for
  *          variable-length datatype allocation in H5Dread() and free in
  *          H5Dvlen_reclaim().
  *
  *          The \p alloc_func and \p free_func parameters identify the memory
  *          management routines to be used. If the user has defined custom
  *          memory management routines, \p alloc_func and/or free_func should be
  *          set to make those routine calls (i.e., the name of the routine is
  *          used as the value of the parameter); if the user prefers to use the
  *          system's \c malloc and/or \c free, the \p alloc_func and \p
  *          free_func parameters, respectively, should be set to \c NULL
  *
  *          The prototypes for these user-defined functions are as follows:
  *          \snippet H5MMpublic.h H5MM_allocate_t_snip
  *
  *          \snippet H5MMpublic.h H5MM_free_t_snip
  *
  *          The \p alloc_info and \p free_info parameters can be used to pass
  *          along any required information to the user's memory management
  *          routines.
  *
  *          In summary, if the user has defined custom memory management
  *          routines, the name(s) of the routines are passed in the \p
  *          alloc_func and \p free_func parameters and the custom routines'
  *          parameters are passed in the \p alloc_info and \p free_info
  *          parameters. If the user wishes to use the system \c malloc and \c
  *          free functions, the \p alloc_func and/or \p free_func parameters are
  *          set to \c NULL and the \p alloc_info and \p free_info parameters are
  *          ignored.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_vlen_mem_manager(hid_t plist_id, H5MM_allocate_t alloc_func, void *alloc_info,
                                       H5MM_free_t free_func, void *free_info);
 
 #ifdef H5_HAVE_PARALLEL
 /**
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the type of chunk optimization that HDF5 actually performed
  *        on the last parallel I/O call (not necessarily the type requested)
  *
  * \dxpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] actual_chunk_opt_mode  The type of chunk optimization performed by HDF5
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \par Motivation:
  *      A user can request collective I/O via a data transfer property list
  *      (DXPL) that has been suitably modified with H5Pset_dxpl_mpio().
  *      However, HDF5 will sometimes ignore this request and perform independent
  *      I/O instead. This property allows the user to see what kind of I/O HDF5
  *      actually performed. Used in conjunction with H5Pget_mpio_actual_io_mode(),
  *      this property allows the user to determine exactly what HDF5 did when
  *      attempting collective I/O.
  *
  * \details H5Pget_mpio_actual_chunk_opt_mode() retrieves the type of chunk
  *          optimization performed when collective I/O was requested. This
  *          property is set before I/O takes place, and will be set even if I/O
  *          fails.
  *
  *          Valid values returned in \p actual_chunk_opt_mode:
  *          \snippet this H5D_mpio_actual_chunk_opt_mode_t_snip
  *          \click4more
  *
  * \since 1.8.8
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_mpio_actual_chunk_opt_mode(hid_t                             plist_id,
                                                 H5D_mpio_actual_chunk_opt_mode_t *actual_chunk_opt_mode);
 /**
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the type of I/O that HDF5 actually performed on the last
  *        parallel I/O call (not necessarily the type requested)
  *
  * \dxpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] actual_io_mode The type of I/O performed by this process
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \par Motivation:
  *      A user can request collective I/O via a data transfer property list
  *      (DXPL) that has been suitably modified with H5Pset_dxpl_mpio().
  *      However, HDF5 will sometimes ignore this request and perform independent
  *      I/O instead. This property allows the user to see what kind of I/O HDF5
  *      actually performed. Used in conjunction with H5Pget_mpio_actual_chunk_opt_mode(),
  *      this property allows the user to determine exactly HDF5 did when
  *      attempting collective I/O.
  *
  * \details H5Pget_mpio_actual_io_mode() retrieves the type of I/O performed on
  *          the selection of the current process. This property is set after all
  *          I/O is completed; if I/O fails, it will not be set.
  *
  *          Valid values returned in \p actual_io_mode:
  *          \snippet this H5D_mpio_actual_io_mode_t_snip
  *          \click4more
  *
  * \attention All processes do not need to have the same value. For example, if
  *            I/O is being performed using the multi chunk optimization scheme,
  *            one process's selection may include only chunks accessed
  *            collectively, while another may include chunks accessed
  *            independently. In this case, the first process will report
  *            #H5D_MPIO_CHUNK_COLLECTIVE while the second will report
  *            #H5D_MPIO_CHUNK_INDEPENDENT.
  *
  * \see H5Pget_mpio_no_collective_cause(), H5Pget_mpio_actual_chunk_opt_mode()
  *
  * \since 1.8.8
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_mpio_actual_io_mode(hid_t plist_id, H5D_mpio_actual_io_mode_t *actual_io_mode);
 /**
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves local and global causes that broke collective I/O on the last
  *        parallel I/O call
  *
  * \dxpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] local_no_collective_cause An enumerated set value indicating the
  *             causes that prevented collective I/O in the local process
  * \param[out] global_no_collective_cause An enumerated set value indicating
  *             the causes across all processes that prevented collective I/O
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \par Motivation:
  *      A user can request collective I/O via a data transfer property list (DXPL)
  *      that has been suitably modified with H5P_SET_DXPL_MPIO. However, there are
  *      conditions that can cause HDF5 to forgo collective I/O and perform
  *      independent I/O. Such causes can be different across the processes of a
  *      parallel application. This function allows the user to determine what
  *      caused the HDF5 library to skip collective I/O locally, that is in the
  *      local process, and globally, across all processes.
  *
  * \details H5Pget_mpio_no_collective_cause() serves two purposes. It can be
  *          used to determine whether collective I/O was used for the last
  *          preceding parallel I/O call. If collective I/O was not used, the
  *          function retrieves the local and global causes that broke collective
  *          I/O on that parallel I/O call. The properties retrieved by this
  *          function are set before I/O takes place and are retained even when
  *          I/O fails.
  *
  *          Valid values returned in \p local_no_collective_cause and \p
  *          global_no_collective_cause are as follows or, if there are multiple
  *          causes, a bitwise OR of the relevant causes; the numbers in the
  *          center column are the bitmask values:
  *          \snippet this H5D_mpio_no_collective_cause_t_snip
  *          \click4more
  *
  * \attention Each process determines whether it can perform collective I/O and
  *            broadcasts the result. Those results are combined to make a
  *            collective decision; collective I/O will be performed only if all
  *            processes can perform collective I/O.\n
  *            If collective I/O was not used, the causes that prevented it are
  *            reported by individual process by means of an enumerated set. The
  *            causes may differ among processes, so H5Pget_mpio_no_collective_cause()
  *            returns two property values. The first value is the one produced
  *            by the local process to report local causes. This local information
  *            is encoded in an enumeration, the \ref H5D_mpio_no_collective_cause_t
  *            described above, with all individual causes combined into a single
  *            enumeration value by means of a bitwise OR operation. The second
  *            value reports global causes; this global value is the result of a
  *            bitwise-OR operation across the values returned by all the processes.
  *
  * \since 1.8.10
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_mpio_no_collective_cause(hid_t plist_id, uint32_t *local_no_collective_cause,
                                               uint32_t *global_no_collective_cause);
 #endif /* H5_HAVE_PARALLEL */
 /**
  *
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Sets a hyperslab file selection for a dataset I/O operation
  *
  * \param[in] plist_id Property list identifier
  * \param[in] rank     Number of dimensions of selection
  * \param[in] op       Operation to perform on current selection
  * \param[in] start    Offset of start of hyperslab
  * \param[in] stride   Hyperslab stride
  * \param[in] count    Number of blocks included in hyperslab
  * \param[in] block    Size of block in hyperslab
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_dataset_io_hyperslab_selection() is designed to be used
  *          in conjunction with using #H5S_PLIST for the file dataspace
  *          ID when making a call to H5Dread() or H5Dwrite().  When used
  *          with #H5S_PLIST, the selection created by one or more calls to
  *          this routine is used for determining which dataset elements to
  *          access.
  *
  *          \p rank is the dimensionality of the selection and determines
  *          the size of the \p start, \p stride, \p count, and \p block arrays.
  *          \p rank must be between 1 and #H5S_MAX_RANK, inclusive.
  *
  *          The \p op, \p start, \p stride, \p count, and \p block parameters
  *          behave identically to their behavior for H5Sselect_hyperslab(),
  *          please see the documentation for that routine for details about
  *          their use.
  *
  * \since 1.14.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_dataset_io_hyperslab_selection(hid_t plist_id, unsigned rank, H5S_seloper_t op,
                                                     const hsize_t start[], const hsize_t stride[],
                                                     const hsize_t count[], const hsize_t block[]);
 
 /**
  *
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the selection I/O mode
  *
  * \dxpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] selection_io_mode    The selection I/O mode to be set
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_selection_io() sets the selection I/O mode
  *          \p selection_io_mode in the dataset transfer property
  *          list \p plist_id.
  *
  *          This can be used to enable collective I/O with type conversion, or
  *          with custom VFDs that support vector or selection I/O.
  *
  *          Values that can be set in \p selection_io_mode:
  *          \snippet this H5D_selection_io_mode_t_snip
  *          \click4more
  *
  * \note    The library may not perform selection I/O as it asks for if the
  *          layout callback determines that it is not feasible to do so.  Please
  *          refer to H5Pget_no_selection_io_cause() for details.
  *
  *          When used with type conversion, selection I/O requires the type
  *          conversion buffer (and the background buffer if applicable) be large
  *          enough to hold the entirety of the data involved in the I/O.  For
  *          read operations, the library will use the application's read buffer
  *          as the type conversion buffer if the memory type is not smaller than
  *          the file type, eliminating the need for a separate type conversion
  *          buffer (a background buffer may still be required).  For write
  *          operations, the library will similarly use the write buffer as a
  *          type conversion buffer, but only if H5Pset_modify_write_buf() is
  *          used to allow the library to modify the contents of the write
  *          buffer.
  *
  * \since 1.14.1
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_selection_io(hid_t plist_id, H5D_selection_io_mode_t selection_io_mode);
 
 /**
  *
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the selection I/O mode
  *
  * \dxpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] selection_io_mode   The selection I/O mode
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_selection_io() queries the selection I/O mode set in
  *          in the dataset transfer property list \p plist_id.
  *
  *          Values returned in \p selection_io_mode:
  *          \snippet this H5D_selection_io_mode_t_snip
  *          \click4more
  *
  * \note    The library may not perform selection I/O as it asks for if the
  *          layout callback determines that it is not feasible to do so.  Please
  *          refer to H5Pget_no_selection_io_cause() for details.
  *
  * \since 1.14.1
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_selection_io(hid_t plist_id, H5D_selection_io_mode_t *selection_io_mode);
 
 /**
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the cause for not performing selection or vector I/O on the
  *        last parallel I/O call
  *
  * \dxpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] no_selection_io_cause A bitwise set value indicating the relevant
  *                                   causes that prevented selection I/O from
  *                                   being performed
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \par Motivation:
  *      A user can request selection I/O to be performed via a data transfer
  *      property list (DXPL).  This can be used to enable collective I/O with
  *      type conversion, or with custom VFDs that support vector or selection
  *      I/O.  However, there are conditions that can cause HDF5 to forgo
  *      selection or vector I/O and perform legacy (scalar) I/O instead.
  *
  * \details H5Pget_no_selection_io_cause() can be used to determine whether
  *          selection or vector I/O was applied for the last preceding I/O call.
  *          If selection or vector I/O was not used, this function retrieves the
  *          cause(s) that prevent selection or vector I/O to be performed on
  *          that I/O call.  The properties retrieved by this function are set
  *          before I/O takes place and are retained even when I/O fails.
  *
  *          If a selection I/O request falls back to vector I/O, that is not
  *          considered "breaking" selection I/O by this function, since vector
  *          I/O still passes all information to the file driver in a single
  *          callback.
  *
  *          Valid values returned in \p no_selection_io_cause are listed
  *          as follows. If there are multiple causes, it is a bitwise OR of
  *          the relevant causes.
  *
  *          - #H5D_SEL_IO_DISABLE_BY_API
  *          Selection I/O was not performed because the feature was disabled by the API
  *          - #H5D_SEL_IO_NOT_CONTIGUOUS_OR_CHUNKED_DATASET
  *          Selection I/O was not performed because the dataset was neither contiguous nor chunked
  *          - #H5D_SEL_IO_CONTIGUOUS_SIEVE_BUFFER
  *          Selection I/O was not performed because of sieve buffer for contiguous dataset
  *          - #H5D_SEL_IO_NO_VECTOR_OR_SELECTION_IO_CB
  *          Selection I/O was not performed because the VFD does not have vector or selection I/O callback
  *          - #H5D_SEL_IO_PAGE_BUFFER
  *          Selection I/O was not performed because of page buffer
  *          - #H5D_SEL_IO_DATASET_FILTER
  *          Selection I/O was not performed because of dataset filters
  *          - #H5D_SEL_IO_CHUNK_CACHE
  *          Selection I/O was not performed because of chunk cache
  *          - #H5D_SEL_IO_TCONV_BUF_TOO_SMALL
  *          Selection I/O was not performed because the type conversion buffer is too small
  *          - #H5D_SEL_IO_BKG_BUF_TOO_SMALL
  *          Selection I/O was not performed because the type conversion background buffer is too small
  *          - #H5D_SEL_IO_DEFAULT_OFF
  *          Selection I/O was not performed because the selection I/O mode is DEFAULT and the library chose it
  * to be off for this case
  *
  * \since 1.14.1
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_no_selection_io_cause(hid_t plist_id, uint32_t *no_selection_io_cause);
 
 /**
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the type(s) of I/O that HDF5 actually performed on raw data
  *        during the last I/O call
  *
  * \dxpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] actual_selection_io_mode A bitwise set value indicating the
  *                                      type(s) of I/O performed
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \par Motivation:
  *      A user can request selection I/O to be performed via a data transfer
  *      property list (DXPL).  This can be used to enable collective I/O with
  *      type conversion, or with custom VFDs that support vector or selection
  *      I/O.  However, there are conditions that can cause HDF5 to forgo
  *      selection or vector I/O and perform legacy (scalar) I/O instead.
  *      This function allows the user to determine which type or types of
  *      I/O were actually performed.
  *
  * \details H5Pget_actual_selection_io_mode() allows the user to determine which
  *          type(s) of I/O were actually performed on raw data during the last
  *          I/O operation which used \p plist_id.  This property is set after
  *          all I/O is completed; if I/O fails, it will not be set.
  *
  *          H5Pget_no_selection_io_cause() can be used to determine the reason
  *          why selection or vector I/O was not performed.
  *
  *          Valid bitflags returned in \p actual_selection_io_mode are listed
  *          as follows.
  *
  *          - #H5D_SCALAR_IO
  *          Scalar (or legacy MPIO) I/O was performed
  *          - #H5D_VECTOR_IO
  *          Vector I/O was performed
  *          - #H5D_SELECTION_IO
  *          Selection I/O was performed
  *
  *          0 or more of these can be present in \p actual_selection_io_mode in
  *          a bitwise fashion, since a single operation can trigger multiple
  *          instances of I/O, possibly with different types.  A value of \p 0
  *          indicates no raw data I/O was performed during the operation.
  *
  *          Be aware that this function will only include raw data I/O performed
  *          to/from disk as part of the last I/O operation.  Any metadata
  *          I/O, including attribute and compact dataset I/O, is disregarded.
  *          It is also possible that data was cached in the dataset chunk cache
  *          or sieve buffer, which may prevent I/O from hitting the disk, and
  *          thereby prevent it from being counted by this function.
  *
  * \since 1.14.3
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_actual_selection_io_mode(hid_t plist_id, uint32_t *actual_selection_io_mode);
 
 /**
  *
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Allows the library to modify the contents of the write buffer
  *
  * \dxpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] modify_write_buf   Whether the library can modify the contents of the write buffer
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_modify_write_buf() sets whether the library is allowed to
  *          modify the contents of write buffers passed to HDF5 API routines
  *          that are passed the dataset transfer property list \p plist_id.  The
  *          default value for modify_write_buf is false.
  *
  *          This function can be used to allow the library to perform in-place
  *          type conversion on write operations to save memory space.  After making an
  *          API call with this parameter set to true, the contents of the write buffer
  *          are undefined.
  *
  * \note    When modify_write_buf is set to true the library may violate the
  *          const qualifier on the API parameter for the write buffer.
  *
  * \since 1.14.1
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_modify_write_buf(hid_t plist_id, hbool_t modify_write_buf);
 
 /**
  *
  * \ingroup DXPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the "modify write buffer" property
  *
  * \dxpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] modify_write_buf   Whether the library can modify the contents of the write buffer
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_modify_write_buf() gets the "modify write buffer" property
  *          from the dataset transfer property list \p plist_id.  This property
  *          determines whether the library is allowed to  modify the contents of
  *          write buffers passed to HDF5 API routines that are passed
  *          \p plist_id.  The default value for modify_write_buf is false.
  *
  * \since 1.14.1
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_modify_write_buf(hid_t plist_id, hbool_t *modify_write_buf);
 
 /**
  * \ingroup LCPL
  *
  * \brief Determines whether property is set to enable creating missing
  *        intermediate groups
  *
  * \lcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] crt_intmd Flag specifying whether to create intermediate
  *                       groups upon creation of an object
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_create_intermediate_group() determines whether the link
  *          creation property list \p plist_id is set to allow functions
  *          that create objects in groups different from the current
  *          working group to create intermediate groups that may be
  *          missing in the path of a new or moved object.
  *
  *          Functions that create objects in or move objects to a group
  *          other than the current working group make use of this
  *          property. H5Gcreate_anon() and H5Lmove() are examples of such
  *          functions.
  *
  *          If \p crt_intmd is positive, missing intermediate groups will
  *          be created; if \p crt_intmd is non-positive, missing intermediate
  *          groups will not be created.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_create_intermediate_group(hid_t plist_id, unsigned *crt_intmd /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup LCPL
  *
  * \brief Specifies in property list whether to create missing
  *        intermediate groups
  *
  * \lcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] crt_intmd Flag specifying whether to create intermediate
  *                      groups upon the creation of an object
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_create_intermediate_group()
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_create_intermediate_group(hid_t plist_id, unsigned crt_intmd);
 
 /* Group creation property list (GCPL) routines */
 
 /**
  * \ingroup GCPL
  *
  * \brief Returns the estimated link count and average link name length in a group
  *
  * \gcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] est_num_entries The estimated number of links in the group
  *             referenced by \p plist_id
  * \param[out] est_name_len The estimated average length of line names in the group
  *             referenced by \p plist_id
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_est_link_info() retrieves two settings from the group creation
  *          property list \p plist_id: the estimated number of links that are
  *          expected to be inserted into a group created with the property list
  *          and the estimated average length of those link names.
  *
  *          The estimated number of links is returned in \p est_num_entries. The
  *          limit for \p est_num_entries is 64 K.
  *
  *          The estimated average length of the anticipated link names is returned
  *          in \p est_name_len. The limit for \p est_name_len is 64 K.
  *
  *          See \ref_group_impls for a discussion of the available types of HDF5
  *          group structures.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_est_link_info(hid_t plist_id, unsigned *est_num_entries /* out */,
                                    unsigned *est_name_len /* out */);
 /**
  * \ingroup GCPL
  *
  * \brief Queries whether link creation order is tracked and/or indexed in
  *        a group
  *
  * \param[in]  plist_id         Group or file creation property list
  *                              identifier
  * \param[out] crt_order_flags  Creation order flag(s)
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_link_creation_order() queries the group or file creation
  *          property list, \p plist_id, and returns a flag indicating whether
  *          link creation order is tracked and/or indexed in a group.
  *
  *          See H5Pset_link_creation_order() for a list of valid creation
  *          order flags, as passed in \p crt_order_flags, and their
  *          meanings.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_link_creation_order(hid_t plist_id, unsigned *crt_order_flags /* out */);
 /**
  * \ingroup GCPL
  *
  * \brief Queries the settings for conversion between compact and dense
  *        groups
  *
  * \gcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] max_compact Maximum number of links for compact storage
  * \param[out] min_dense   Minimum number of links for dense storage
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_link_phase_change() queries the maximum number of
  *          entries for a compact group and the minimum number of links
  *          to require before converting a group to a dense form.
  *
  *          In the compact format, links are stored as messages in the
  *          group's header. In the dense format, links are stored in a
  *          fractal heap and indexed with a version 2 B-tree.
  *
  *          \p max_compact is the maximum number of links to store as
  *          header messages in the group header before converting the
  *          group to the dense format. Groups that are in the compact
  *          format and exceed this number of links are automatically
  *          converted to the dense format.
  *
  *          \p min_dense is the minimum number of links to store in the
  *          dense format. Groups which are in dense format and in which
  *          the number of links falls below this number are automatically
  *          converted back to the compact format.
  *
  *          In the compact format, links are stored as messages in the
  *          group's header. In the dense format, links are stored in a
  *          fractal heap and indexed with a version 2 B-tree.
  *
  *          See H5Pset_link_phase_change() for a discussion of
  *          traditional, compact, and dense group storage.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_link_phase_change(hid_t plist_id, unsigned *max_compact /*out*/,
                                        unsigned *min_dense /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup GCPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the anticipated size of the local heap for original-style
  *        groups
  *
  * \gcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] size_hint Anticipated size of local heap
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_local_heap_size_hint() queries the group creation property
  *          list, \p plist_id, for the anticipated size of the local heap, \p
  *          size_hint, for original-style groups, i.e., for groups of the style
  *          used prior to HDF5 Release 1.8.0.  See H5Pset_local_heap_size_hint()
  *          for further discussion.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_local_heap_size_hint(hid_t plist_id, size_t *size_hint /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup GCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets estimated number of links and length of link names in a group
  *
  * \gcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] est_num_entries Estimated number of links to be inserted into group
  * \param[in] est_name_len Estimated average length of link names
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_est_link_info() inserts two settings into the group creation
  *          property list plist_id: the estimated number of links that are
  *          expected to be inserted into a group created with the property list
  *          and the estimated average length of those link names.
  *
  *          The estimated number of links is passed in \p est_num_entries. The
  *          limit for \p est_num_entries is 64 K.
  *
  *          The estimated average length of the anticipated link names is passed
  *          in \p est_name_len. The limit for \p est_name_len is 64 K.
  *
  *          The values for these two settings are multiplied to compute the
  *          initial local heap size (for old-style groups, if the local heap
  *          size hint is not set) or the initial object header size for
  *          (new-style compact groups; see \ref_group_impls). Accurately setting
  *          these parameters will help reduce wasted file space.
  *
  *          If a group is expected to have many links and to be stored in dense
  *          format, set \p est_num_entries to 0 (zero) for maximum
  *          efficiency. This will prevent the group from being created in the
  *          compact format.
  *
  *          See \ref_group_impls for a discussion of the available types of HDF5
  *          group structures.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_est_link_info(hid_t plist_id, unsigned est_num_entries, unsigned est_name_len);
 /**
  * \ingroup GCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets creation order tracking and indexing for links in a group
  *
  * \param[in]  plist_id        Group or file creation property list
  *                             identifier
  * \param[out] crt_order_flags Creation order flag(s)
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_link_creation_order() sets flags for tracking and
  *          indexing links on creation order in groups created with the
  *          group (or file) creation property list \p plist_id.
  *
  *          \p crt_order_flags contains flags with the following meanings:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5P_CRT_ORDER_TRACKED</td>
  *            <td>Link creation order is tracked but not necessarily
  *                indexed</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5P_CRT_ORDER_INDEXED</td>
  *            <td>Link creation order is indexed (requires
  *                #H5P_CRT_ORDER_TRACKED)</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  *          The default behavior is that links are tracked and indexed by
  *          name, and link creation order is neither tracked nor indexed.
  *          The name is always the primary index for links in a group.
  *
  *          H5Pset_link_creation_order() can be used to set link creation
  *          order tracking, or to set link creation order tracking and
  *          indexing.
  *
  *          If (#H5P_CRT_ORDER_TRACKED | #H5P_CRT_ORDER_INDEXED) is
  *          specified for \p crt_order_flags, then links will be tracked
  *          and indexed by creation order. The creation order is added as
  *          a secondary index and enables faster queries and iterations
  *          by creation order.
  *
  *          If just #H5P_CRT_ORDER_TRACKED is specified for
  *          \p crt_order_flags, then links will be tracked by creation
  *          order, but not indexed by creation order. Queries and iterations
  *          by creation order will work but will be much slower for large
  *          groups than if #H5P_CRT_ORDER_INDEXED had been included.
  *
  * \note If a creation order index is to be built, it must be specified in
  *       the group creation property list. HDF5 currently provides no
  *       mechanism to turn on link creation order tracking at group
  *       creation time and to build the index later.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_link_creation_order(hid_t plist_id, unsigned crt_order_flags);
 /**
  * \ingroup GCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the parameters for conversion between compact and dense
  *        groups
  *
  * \gcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] max_compact Maximum number of links for compact storage
  *                        (\a Default: 8)
  * \param[in] min_dense   Minimum number of links for dense storage
  *                        (\a Default: 6)
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_link_phase_change() sets the maximum number of entries
  *          for a compact group and the minimum number of links to allow
  *          before converting a dense group back to the compact format.
  *
  *          \p max_compact is the maximum number of links to store as
  *          header messages in the group header before converting the
  *          group to the dense format. Groups that are in compact format
  *          and which exceed this number of links are automatically
  *          converted to dense format.
  *
  *          \p min_dense is the minimum number of links to store in the
  *          dense format. Groups which are in dense format and in which
  *          the number of links falls below this threshold are
  *          automatically converted to compact format.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_link_phase_change(hid_t plist_id, unsigned max_compact, unsigned min_dense);
 /**
  * \ingroup GCPL
  *
  * \brief Specifies the anticipated maximum size of a local heap
  *
  * \gcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] size_hint Anticipated maximum size in bytes of local heap
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_local_heap_size_hint() is used with original-style HDF5
  *          groups (see “Motivation” below) to specify the anticipated maximum
  *          local heap size, size_hint, for groups created with the group
  *          creation property list \p plist_id. The HDF5 library then uses \p
  *          size_hint to allocate contiguous local heap space in the file for
  *          each group created with \p plist_id.
  *
  *          For groups with many members or very few members, an appropriate
  *          initial value of \p size_hint would be the anticipated number of
  *          group members times the average length of group member names, plus a
  *          small margin:
  *          \code
  *          size_hint = max_number_of_group_members  *
  *                      (average_length_of_group_member_link_names + 2)
  *          \endcode
  *          If it is known that there will be groups with zero members, the use
  *          of a group creation property list with \p size_hint set to to 1 (one)
  *          will guarantee the smallest possible local heap for each of those groups.
  *
  *          Setting \p size_hint to zero (0) causes the library to make a
  *          reasonable estimate for the default local heap size.
  *
  * \par Motivation:
  *      In situations where backward-compatibility is required, specifically, when
  *      libraries prior to HDF5 Release 1.8.0 may be used to read the file, groups
  *      must be created and maintained in the original style. This is HDF5's default
  *      behavior. If backward compatibility with pre-1.8.0 libraries is not a concern,
  *      greater efficiencies can be obtained with the new-format compact and indexed
  *      groups. See <a href="https://\DOXURL/group___h5_g.html">Group
  *      implementations in HDF5</a> in the \ref H5G API introduction (at the bottom).\n
  *      H5Pset_local_heap_size_hint() is useful for tuning file size when files
  *      contain original-style groups with either zero members or very large
  *      numbers of members.\n
  *      The original style of HDF5 groups, the only style available prior to HDF5
  *      Release 1.8.0, was well-suited for moderate-sized groups but was not optimized
  *      for either very small or very large groups. This original style remains the
  *      default, but two new group implementations were introduced in HDF5 Release 1.8.0:
  *      compact groups to accommodate zero to small numbers of members and indexed groups
  *      for thousands or tens of thousands of members ... or millions, if that's what
  *      your application requires.\n
  *      The local heap size hint, \p size_hint, is a performance tuning parameter for
  *      original-style groups. As indicated above, an HDF5 group may have zero, a handful,
  *      or tens of thousands of members. Since the original style of HDF5 groups stores the
  *      metadata for all of these group members in a uniform format in a local heap, the size
  *      of that metadata (and hence, the size of the local heap) can vary wildly from group
  *      to group. To intelligently allocate space and to avoid unnecessary fragmentation of
  *      the local heap, it can be valuable to provide the library with a hint as to the local
  *      heap's likely eventual size. This can be particularly valuable when it is known that
  *      a group will eventually have a great many members. It can also be useful in conserving
  *      space in a file when it is known that certain groups will never have any members.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_local_heap_size_hint(hid_t plist_id, size_t size_hint);
 
 /* Map access property list (MAPL) routines */
 #ifdef H5_HAVE_MAP_API
 /**
  * \ingroup MAPL
  *
  * \brief Set map iteration hints
  *
  * \mapl_id
  * \param[in] key_prefetch_size Number of keys to prefetch at a time during
  *            iteration
  * \param[in] key_alloc_size The initial size of the buffer allocated to hold
  *            prefetched keys
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_map_iterate_hints() adjusts the behavior of H5Miterate() when
  *          prefetching keys for iteration. The \p key_prefetch_size parameter
  *          specifies the number of keys to prefetch at a time during
  *          iteration. The \p key_alloc_size parameter specifies the initial
  *          size of the buffer allocated to hold these prefetched keys. If this
  *          buffer is too small it will be reallocated to a larger size, though
  *          this may result in an additional I/O.
  *
  * \since 1.12.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_map_iterate_hints(hid_t mapl_id, size_t key_prefetch_size, size_t key_alloc_size);
 /**
  * \ingroup MAPL
  *
  * \brief Set map iteration hints
  *
  * \mapl_id
  * \param[out] key_prefetch_size Pointer to number of keys to prefetch at a time
  *             during iteration
  * \param[out] key_alloc_size Pointer to the initial size of the buffer allocated
  *             to hold prefetched keys
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_map_iterate() returns the map iterate hints, \p key_prefetch_size
  *          and \p key_alloc_size, as set by H5Pset_map_iterate_hints().
  *
  * \since 1.12.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_map_iterate_hints(hid_t mapl_id, size_t *key_prefetch_size /*out*/,
                                        size_t *key_alloc_size /*out*/);
 #endif /*  H5_HAVE_MAP_API */
 
 /**
  * \ingroup ACPL
  *
  * \brief  Retrieves the character encoding used to create a link or
  *         attribute name
  *
  * \param[in]  plist_id  Link creation or attribute creation property list
  *                       identifier
  * \param[out] encoding  String encoding character set
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_char_encoding() retrieves the character encoding used
  *          to encode link or attribute names that are created with the
  *          property list \p plist_id.
  *
  *          Valid values for \p encoding are defined in H5Tpublic.h and
  *          include the following:
  *
  * \csets
  *
  * \note H5Pget_char_encoding() retrieves the character set used for an
  *       HDF5 link or attribute name while H5Tget_cset() retrieves the
  *       character set used in a character or string datatype.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_char_encoding(hid_t plist_id, H5T_cset_t *encoding /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup ACPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the character encoding used to encode link and attribute
  *        names
  *
  * \param[in] plist_id Link creation or attribute creation property list
  *                     identifier
  * \param[in] encoding String encoding character set
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_char_encoding() sets the character encoding used for
  *          the names of links (which provide the names by which objects
  *          are referenced) or attributes created with the property list
  *          \p plist_id.
  *
  *           Valid values for encoding include the following:
  * \csets
  * \details For example, if the character set for the property list
  *          \p plist_id is set to #H5T_CSET_UTF8, link names pointing to
  *          objects created with the link creation property list
  *          \p plist_id will be encoded using the UTF-8 character set.
  *          Similarly, names of attributes created with the attribute
  *          creation property list \p plist_id will be encoded as UTF-8.
  *
  *          ASCII and UTF-8 Unicode are the only currently supported
  *          character encodings. Extended ASCII encodings (for example,
  *          ISO 8859) are not supported. This encoding policy is not
  *          enforced by the HDF5 library. Using encodings other than
  *          ASCII and UTF-8 can lead to compatibility and usability
  *          problems.
  *
  * \note H5Pset_char_encoding() sets the character set used for an
  *       HDF5 link or attribute name while H5Tset_cset() sets the
  *       character set used in a character or string datatype.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_char_encoding(hid_t plist_id, H5T_cset_t encoding);
 
 /**
  * \ingroup LAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the external link traversal file access flag from the
  *        specified link access property list
  *
  * \lapl_id
  * \param[out] flags File access flag for link traversal
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_elink_acc_flags() retrieves the file access flag used
  *          to open an external link target file from the specified link
  *          access property list.
  *
  *          Valid values for \p flags include:
  *          \li #H5F_ACC_RDWR - Files opened through external links will
  *                             be opened with write access
  *          \li #H5F_ACC_RDONLY - Files opened through external links will
  *                               be opened with read-only access
  *          \li #H5F_ACC_DEFAULT - Files opened through external links will
  *                                be opened with the same access flag as
  *                                the parent file
  *
  *          The value returned, if it is not #H5F_ACC_DEFAULT, will
  *          override the default access flag, which is the access flag
  *          used to open the parent file.
  *
  *       <b>Example Usage:</b>
  *       The following code retrieves the external link access flag
  *       settings on the link access property list \p lapl_id into a
  *       local variable:
  *       <pre>
  *         unsigned acc_flags;
  *         status = H5Pget_elink_acc_flags(lapl_id, &acc_flags);
  *       </pre>
  *
  * \since 1.8.3
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_elink_acc_flags(hid_t lapl_id, unsigned *flags);
 /**
  * \ingroup LAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the external link traversal callback function from the
  *        specified link access property list
  *
  * \lapl_id
  * \param[out] func    User-defined external link traversal callback
  *                     function
  * \param[out] op_data User-defined input data for the callback function
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_elink_cb() retrieves the user-defined external link
  *          traversal callback function defined in the specified link
  *          access property list.
  *
  *          The callback function may adjust the file access property
  *          list and file access flag to use when opening a file through
  *          an external link. The callback will be executed by the HDF5
  *          library immediately before opening the target file.
  *
  *       <b>Failure Modes:</b> H5Pget_elink_cb() will fail if the link
  *       access property list identifier, \p lapl_id, is invalid.
  *
  *       An invalid function pointer or data pointer, \p func or
  *       \p op_data respectively, may cause a segmentation fault or an
  *       invalid memory access.
  *
  *       <b>Example Usage:</b> The following code retrieves the external
  *       link callback settings on the link access property list
  *       \p lapl_id into local variables:
  *       <pre>
  *       H5L_elink_traverse_t elink_callback_func;
  *       void *elink_callback_udata;
  *       status = H5Pget_elink_cb (lapl_id, &elink_callback_func,
  *                                 &elink_callback_udata);
  *       </pre>
  *
  * \since 1.8.3
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_elink_cb(hid_t lapl_id, H5L_elink_traverse_t *func, void **op_data);
 /**
  * \ingroup LAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the file access property list identifier associated
  *        with the link access property list
  *
  * \lapl_id
  *
  * \return \hid_t{file access property list}
  *
  * \details H5Pget_elink_fapl() retrieves the file access property list
  *          identifier that is set for the link access property list
  *          identifier, \p lapl_id. The library uses this file access
  *          property list identifier to open the target file for the
  *          external link access. When no such identifier is set, this
  *          routine returns #H5P_DEFAULT.
  *
  * \see H5Pset_elink_fapl() and H5Lcreate_external().
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL hid_t H5Pget_elink_fapl(hid_t lapl_id);
 /**
  * \ingroup LAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves prefix applied to external link paths
  *
  * \lapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] prefix Prefix applied to external link paths
  * \param[in]  size   Size of prefix, including null terminator
  *
  * \return If successful, returns a non-negative value specifying the size
  *         in bytes of the prefix without the NULL terminator; otherwise
  *         returns a negative value.
  *
  * \details H5Pget_elink_prefix() retrieves the prefix applied to the
  *          path of any external links traversed.
  *
  *          When an external link is traversed, the prefix is retrieved
  *          from the link access property list \p plist_id, returned in
  *          the user-allocated buffer pointed to by \p prefix, and
  *          prepended to the filename stored in the external link.
  *
  *          The size in bytes of the prefix, including the NULL terminator,
  *          is specified in \p size. If size is unknown, a preliminary
  *          H5Pget_elink_prefix() call with the pointer \p prefix set to
  *          NULL will return the size of the prefix without the NULL
  *          terminator.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL ssize_t H5Pget_elink_prefix(hid_t plist_id, char *prefix, size_t size);
 /**
  * \ingroup LAPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the maximum number of link traversals
  *
  * \lapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] nlinks Maximum number of links to traverse
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_nlinks() retrieves the maximum number of soft or
  *          user-defined link traversals allowed, \p nlinks, before the
  *          library assumes it has found a cycle and aborts the traversal.
  *          This value is retrieved from the link access property list
  *          \p plist_id.
  *
  *          The limit on the number of soft or user-defined link traversals
  *          is designed to terminate link traversal if one or more links
  *          form a cycle. User control is provided because some files may
  *          have legitimate paths formed of large numbers of soft or
  *          user-defined links. This property can be used to allow
  *          traversal of as many links as desired.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_nlinks(hid_t plist_id, size_t *nlinks);
 /**
  * \ingroup LAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the external link traversal file access flag in a link
  *        access property list
  *
  * \lapl_id
  * \param[in] flags The access flag for external link traversal
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_elink_acc_flags() specifies the file access flag to use
  *          to open the target file of an external link. This allows
  *          read-only access of files reached through an external link in
  *          a file opened with write access, or vice-versa.
  *
  *          Valid values for \p flags include:
  *          \li #H5F_ACC_RDWR - Causes files opened through external links
  *               to be opened with write access
  *          \li #H5F_ACC_RDONLY - Causes files opened through external
  *              links to be opened with read-only access
  *          \li #H5F_ACC_DEFAULT - Removes any external link file access
  *              flag setting from \p lapl_id, causing the file access flag
  *              setting to be taken from the parent file
  *
  *          The library will normally use the file access flag used to
  *          open the parent file as the file access flag for the target
  *          file. This function provides a way to override that behavior.
  *          The external link traversal callback function set by
  *          H5Pset_elink_cb() can override the setting from
  *          H5Pset_elink_acc_flags().
  *
  *       <b>Motivation:</b> H5Pset_elink_acc_flags() is used to adjust the
  *       file access flag used to open files reached through external links.
  *       This may be useful to, for example, prevent modifying files
  *       accessed through an external link. Otherwise, the target file is
  *       opened with whatever flag was used to open the parent.
  *
  *       <b>Example Usage:</b> The following code sets the link access
  *       property list \p lapl_id to open external link target files with
  *       read-only access:
  *        <pre>
  *         status = H5Pset_elink_acc_flags(lapl_id, H5F_ACC_RDONLY);
  *        </pre>
  *
  * \since 1.8.3
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_elink_acc_flags(hid_t lapl_id, unsigned flags);
 /**
  * \ingroup LAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the external link traversal callback function in a link
  *        access property list
  *
  * \lapl_id
  * \param[in] func    User-defined external link traversal callback
  *                    function
  * \param[in] op_data User-defined input data for the callback function
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_elink_cb() sets a user-defined external link traversal
  *          callback function in the link access property list \p lapl_id.
  *          The callback function \p func must conform to the prototype
  *          specified in #H5L_elink_traverse_t.
  *
  *          The callback function may adjust the file access property
  *          list and file access flags to use when opening a file through
  *          an external link. The callback will be executed by the HDF5
  *          library immediately before opening the target file.
  *
  *          The callback will be made after the file access property list
  *          set by H5Pset_elink_fapl() and the file access flag set by
  *          H5Pset_elink_acc_flags() are applied, so changes made by this
  *          callback function will take precedence.
  *
  * \attention A file close degree property setting (H5Pset_fclose_degree())
  *            in this callback function or an associated property list will
  *            be ignored. A file opened by means of traversing an external
  *            link is always opened with the weak file close degree
  *            property setting, #H5F_CLOSE_WEAK.
  *
  *       <b>Motivation:</b> H5Pset_elink_cb() is used to specify a
  *       callback function that is executed by the HDF5 library when
  *       traversing an external link. This provides a mechanism to set
  *       specific access permissions, modify the file access property
  *       list, modify the parent or target file, or take any other
  *       user-defined action. This callback function is used in
  *       situations where the HDF5 library's default behavior is not
  *       suitable.
  *
  *       <b>Failure Modes:</b> H5Pset_elink_cb() will fail if the link
  *       access property list identifier, \p lapl_id, is invalid or if
  *       the function pointer, \p func, is NULL.
  *
  *       An invalid function pointer, \p func, will cause a segmentation
  *       fault or other failure when an attempt is subsequently made to
  *       traverse an external link.
  *
  *       <b>Example Usage:</b>
  *       This example defines a callback function that prints the name
  *       of the target file every time an external link is followed, and
  *       sets this callback function on \p lapl_id.
  *       <pre>
  *          herr_t elink_callback(const char *parent_file_name, const char
  *                 *parent_group_name, const char *child_file_name, const char
  *                 *child_object_name, unsigned *acc_flags, hid_t fapl_id, void *op_data) {
  *              puts(child_file_name);
  *              return 0;
  *          }
  *          int main(void) {
  *              hid_t lapl_id = H5Pcreate(H5P_LINK_ACCESS);
  *              H5Pset_elink_cb(lapl_id, elink_callback, NULL);
  *                ...
  *          }
  *          </pre>
  *
  *
  * \since 1.8.3
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_elink_cb(hid_t lapl_id, H5L_elink_traverse_t func, void *op_data);
 /**
  * \ingroup LAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets a file access property list for use in accessing a file
  *        pointed to by an external link
  *
  * \lapl_id
  * \fapl_id
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_elink_fapl() sets the file access property list,
  *          \p fapl_id, to be used when accessing the target file of an
  *          external link associated with \p lapl_id.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_elink_fapl(hid_t lapl_id, hid_t fapl_id);
 /**
  * \ingroup LAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets prefix to be applied to external link paths
  *
  * \lapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] prefix Prefix to be applied to external link paths
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_elink_prefix() sets the prefix to be applied to the
  *          path of any external links traversed. The prefix is prepended
  *          to the filename stored in the external link.
  *
  *          The prefix is specified in the user-allocated buffer \p prefix
  *          and set in the link access property list \p plist_id. The buffer
  *          should not be freed until the property list has been closed.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_elink_prefix(hid_t plist_id, const char *prefix);
 /**
  * \ingroup LAPL
  *
  * \brief Sets maximum number of soft or user-defined link traversals
  *
  * \lapl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] nlinks Maximum number of links to traverse
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_nlinks() sets the maximum number of soft or user-defined
  *          link traversals allowed, \p nlinks, before the library assumes
  *          it has found a cycle and aborts the traversal. This value is
  *          set in the link access property list \p plist_id.
  *
  *          The limit on the number of soft or user-defined link traversals
  *          is designed to terminate link traversal if one or more links
  *          form a cycle. User control is provided because some files may
  *          have legitimate paths formed of large numbers of soft or
  *          user-defined links. This property can be used to allow
  *          traversal of as many links as desired.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_nlinks(hid_t plist_id, size_t nlinks);
 
 /* Object copy property list (OCPYPL) routines */
 /**
  * \ingroup OCPYPL
  *
  * \brief Adds a path to the list of paths that will be searched in the
  *        destination file for a matching committed datatype
  *
  * \param[in] plist_id Object copy property list identifier
  * \param[in] path     The path to be added
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Padd_merge_committed_dtype_path() adds a path, \p path,
  *          which points to a committed datatype, to the current list of
  *          suggested paths stored in the object copy property list
  *          \p plist_id. The search as described in the next paragraph is
  *          effective only if the #H5O_COPY_MERGE_COMMITTED_DTYPE_FLAG is
  *          enabled in the object copy property list via
  *          H5Pset_copy_object().
  *
  *          When copying a committed datatype, a dataset with a committed
  *          datatype, or an object with an attribute of a committed
  *          datatype, the default behavior of H5Ocopy() is to search for
  *          a matching committed datatype:
  *          <ol>
  *          <li> First search the list of suggested paths in the object
  *               copy property list.</li>
  *          <li> Then, if no match has been found, search all the committed
  *               datatypes in the destination file.
  *          </ol>
  *          The default Step 2 in this search process can be changed by
  *          setting a callback function (see H5Pset_mcdt_search_cb()).
  *
  *          Two datatypes are determined equal if their descriptions are
  *          identical, in a manner similar to H5Tequal(). If either
  *          committed datatype has one or more attributes, then all
  *          attributes must be present in both committed datatypes and they
  *          must be identical. Two attributes are considered identical if
  *          their datatype description, dataspace, and raw data values are
  *          the same. However, if an attribute uses a committed datatype,
  *          that committed datatype's attributes will not be compared.
  *
  *          If a match is found, H5Ocopy() will perform the following in
  *          the destination file:
  *          \li For a committed datatype, the library will create a hard
  *              link to the found datatype.
  *          \li For a dataset that uses a committed datatype, the library
  *              will modify the copied dataset to use the found committed
  *              datatype as its datatype.
  *          \li For an object with an attribute of a committed datatype,
  *              the library will modify the copied object's attribute to
  *              use the found committed datatype as its datatype.
  *
  *          If no match is found, H5Ocopy() will perform the following in
  *          the destination file:
  *          \li For a committed datatype, the library will copy it as it
  *              would any other object, creating a named committed
  *              datatype at the destination. That is, the library will
  *              create a committed datatype that is accessible in the
  *              file by a unique path.
  *          \li For a dataset that uses a committed datatype, the
  *              library will copy the datatype as an anonymous
  *              committed datatype and use that as the dataset's
  *              datatype.
  *          \li For an object with an attribute of a committed datatype,
  *              the library will copy the datatype as an anonymous
  *              committed datatype and use that as the attribute's
  *              datatype.
  *
  *      \b Motivation: H5Padd_merge_committed_dtype_path() provides a
  *       means to override the default behavior of H5Ocopy() when
  *       #H5O_COPY_MERGE_COMMITTED_DTYPE_FLAG is set in an object
  *       copy property list.
  *       H5Padd_merge_committed_dtype_path() is the mechanism for
  *       suggesting search paths where H5Ocopy() will look for a
  *       matching committed datatype. This can be substantially
  *       faster than the default approach of searching the entire
  *       destination file for a match.
  *
  *       \b Example \b Usage: This example adds two paths to the object
  *          copy property list. H5Ocopy() will search the two suggested
  *          paths for a match before searching all the committed datatypes
  *          in the destination file.
  *
  *     <pre>
  *     int main(void) {
  *     hid_t ocpypl_id = H5Pcreate(H5P_OBJECT_COPY);
  *
  *        H5Pset_copy_object(ocpypl_id, H5O_COPY_MERGE_COMMITTED_DTYPE_FLAG);
  *        H5Padd_merge_committed_dtype_path(ocpypl_id, "/group/committed_dtypeA");
  *        H5Padd_merge_committed_dtype_path(ocpypl_id, "/group2/committed_dset");
  *        H5Ocopy(...ocpypl_id...);
  *        ...
  *        ...
  *     }
  *     </pre>
  *
  * \note H5Padd_merge_committed_dtype_path() will fail if the object
  *       copy property list is invalid.
  *       It will also fail if there is insufficient memory when
  *       duplicating \p path.
  *
  * \see
  *    \li H5Ocopy()
  *    \li #H5O_mcdt_search_cb_t
  *    \li H5Padd_merge_committed_dtype_path()
  *    \li H5Pfree_merge_committed_dtype_paths()
  *    \li H5Pget_mcdt_search_cb()
  *    \li H5Pset_copy_object()
  *    \li H5Pset_mcdt_search_cb()
  *    \li \ref_h5ocopy
  *
  * \since 1.8.9
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Padd_merge_committed_dtype_path(hid_t plist_id, const char *path);
 /**
  * \ingroup OCPYPL
  *
  * \brief Clears the list of paths stored in the object copy property list
  *
  * \param[in] plist_id Object copy property list identifier
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pfree_merge_committed_dtype_paths() clears the suggested
  *          paths stored in the object copy property list \p plist_id.
  *          These are the suggested paths previously set with
  *          H5Padd_merge_committed_dtype_path().
  *
  *          \b Example \b Usage: This example adds a suggested path to the
  *          object copy property list, does the copy, clears the list, and
  *          then adds a new suggested path to the list for another copy.
  *
  *       <pre>
  *       int main(void) {
  *           hid_t ocpypl_id = H5Pcreate(H5P_OBJECT_COPY);
  *
  *           H5Pset_copy_object(ocpypl_id, H5O_COPY_MERGE_COMMITTED_DTYPE_FLAG);
  *           H5Padd_merge_committed_dtype_path(ocpypl_id, "/group/committed_dtypeA");
  *           H5Ocopy(...ocpypl_id...);
  *           ...
  *           ...
  *           H5Pfree_merge_committed_dtype_paths(ocpypl_id);
  *           H5Padd_merge_committed_dtype_path(ocpypl_id, "/group2/committed_dtypeB");
  *           H5Ocopy(...ocpypl_id...);
  *           ...
  *           ...
  *       }
  *       </pre>
  *
  * \note H5Pfree_merge_committed_dtype_paths() will fail if the
  *       object copy property list is invalid.
  *
  * \see
  *    \li H5Ocopy()
  *    \li #H5O_mcdt_search_cb_t
  *    \li H5Padd_merge_committed_dtype_path()
  *    \li H5Pfree_merge_committed_dtype_paths()
  *    \li H5Pget_mcdt_search_cb()
  *    \li H5Pset_copy_object()
  *    \li H5Pset_mcdt_search_cb()
  *
  * \since 1.8.9
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pfree_merge_committed_dtype_paths(hid_t plist_id);
 /**
  * \ingroup OCPYPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the properties to be used when an object is copied
  *
  * \param[in]  plist_id     Object copy property list identifier
  * \param[out] copy_options Copy option(s) set in the object copy property
  *                          list
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_copy_object() retrieves the properties currently
  *          specified in the object copy property list \p plist_id, which
  *          will be invoked when a new copy is made of an existing object.
  *
  *          \p copy_options is a bit map indicating the flags, or
  *          properties, governing object copying that are set in the
  *          property list \p plist_id.
  *
  *          The available flags are described in H5Pset_copy_object().
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_copy_object(hid_t plist_id, unsigned *copy_options /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup OCPYPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the callback function from the specified object copy
  *        property list
  *
  * \param[in]  plist_id     Object copy property list identifier
  * \param[out] func         User-defined callback function
  * \param[out] op_data      User-defined data for the callback
  *                          function
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pget_mcdt_search_cb() retrieves the user-defined callback
  *          function and the user data that are set via
  *          H5Pset_mcdt_search_cb() in the object copy property list
  *          \p plist_id.
  *
  *          The callback function will be returned in the parameter \p func
  *          and the user data will be returned in the parameter \p op_data.
  *
  * \note H5Pget_mcdt_search_cb() will fail if the object copy property
  *       list is invalid.
  *
  * \see
  *    \li H5Ocopy()
  *    \li #H5O_mcdt_search_cb_t
  *    \li H5Padd_merge_committed_dtype_path()
  *    \li H5Pfree_merge_committed_dtype_paths()
  *    \li H5Pget_mcdt_search_cb()
  *    \li H5Pset_copy_object()
  *    \li H5Pset_mcdt_search_cb()
  *    \li \ref_h5ocopy
  *
  * \since 1.8.9
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_mcdt_search_cb(hid_t plist_id, H5O_mcdt_search_cb_t *func, void **op_data);
 /**
  * \ingroup OCPYPL
  *
  * \brief Sets properties to be used when an object is copied
  *
  * \param[in]  plist_id     Object copy property list identifier
  * \param[out] copy_options Copy option(s) to be set
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_copy_object() sets properties in the object copy
  *          property list \p plist_id. When an existing object is copied,
  *          that property list will determine how the new copy is created.
  *
  *          The following flags are available for use in an object copy
  *          property list:
  *
  *          <table>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5O_COPY_SHALLOW_HIERARCHY_FLAG</td>
  *            <td>Copy only immediate members of a group<br />
  *                <em>Default behavior, without flag:</em> Recursively
  *                copy all objects in and below the group.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5O_COPY_EXPAND_SOFT_LINK_FLAG</td>
  *            <td>Expand soft links into new objects<br />
  *                <em>Default behavior, without flag:</em> Copy soft
  *                links as they are.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5O_COPY_EXPAND_EXT_LINK_FLAG</td>
  *            <td>Expand external link into new objects<br />
  *                <em>Default behavior, without flag:</em> Copy external
  *                    links as they are.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5O_COPY_EXPAND_REFERENCE_FLAG</td>
  *            <td>Copy objects that are pointed to by references and
  *                update reference values in destination file<br />
  *                <em>Default behavior, without flag:</em> Set reference
  *                    values in destination file to zero (0)</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5O_COPY_WITHOUT_ATTR_FLAG</td>
  *            <td>Copy object without copying attributes<br />
  *                <em>Default behavior, without flag:</em> Copy object
  *                    with all its attributes</td>
  *           </tr>
  *           <tr>
  *            <td>#H5O_COPY_MERGE_COMMITTED_DTYPE_FLAG</td>
  *            <td>Use a matching committed datatype in the destination
  *                file when copying a committed datatype, a dataset with
  *                a committed datatype, or an object with an attribute
  *                of committed datatype <br />
  *                <em>Default behavior without flag:</em>
  *
  *                \li A committed datatype in the source will be copied to
  *                    the destination as a committed datatype.
  *                \li If a dataset in the source uses a committed
  *                    datatype or an object in the source has an attribute
  *                    of a committed datatype, that committed datatype will
  *                    be written to the destination as an anonymous
  *                    committed datatype.
  *                    If copied in a single H5Ocopy() operation, objects
  *                    that share a committed datatype in the source will
  *                    share an anonymous committed datatype in the
  *                    destination copy. Subsequent H5Ocopy() operations,
  *                    however, will be unaware of prior anonymous committed
  *                    datatypes and will create new ones.
  *
  *                    See the “See Also” section immediately below for
  *                    functions related to the use of this flag.</td>
  *           </tr>
  *          </table>
  *
  * \see
  *    Functions and a callback function used to tune committed datatype
  *    copying behavior:
  *    \li #H5O_mcdt_search_cb_t
  *    \li H5Padd_merge_committed_dtype_path()
  *    \li H5Pfree_merge_committed_dtype_paths()
  *    \li H5Pget_mcdt_search_cb()
  *    \li H5Pset_copy_object()
  *    \li H5Pset_mcdt_search_cb()
  *    \li \ref_h5ocopy
  *
  * \version 1.8.9 #H5O_COPY_MERGE_COMMITTED_DTYPE_FLAG added in this release.
  *
  * \since 1.8.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_copy_object(hid_t plist_id, unsigned copy_options);
 /**
  * \ingroup OCPYPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the callback function that H5Ocopy() will invoke before
  *        searching the entire destination file for a matching committed
  *        datatype
  *
  * \param[in] plist_id Object copy property list identifier
  * \param[in] func     User-defined callback function
  * \param[in] op_data  User-defined input data for the callback function
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \details H5Pset_mcdt_search_cb() allows an application to set a
  *          callback function, \p func, that will be invoked before
  *          searching the destination file for a matching committed
  *          datatype. The default, global search process is described in
  *          H5Padd_merge_committed_dtype_path().
  *
  *          The callback function must conform to the #H5O_mcdt_search_cb_t
  *          prototype and will return an instruction for one of the
  *          following actions:
  *
  *          \li Continue the search for a matching committed datatype in
  *              the destination file.
  *          \li Discontinue the search for a matching committed datatype.
  *              H5Ocopy() will then apply the default behavior of creating
  *              an anonymous committed datatype.
  *          \li Abort the copy operation and exit H5Ocopy().
  *
  *       \b Motivation: H5Pset_mcdt_search_cb() provides the means to
  *       define a callback function. An application can then use that
  *       callback to take an additional action before the default search
  *       of all committed datatypes in the destination file or to take an
  *       action that replaces the default search. This mechanism is
  *       intended to improve performance when the global search might
  *       take a long time.
  *
  * \b Example \b Usage: This example defines a callback function in
  * the object copy property list.
  *
  * <pre>
  * static H5O_mcdt_search_ret_t
  * mcdt_search_cb(void *_udata)
  * {
  *     H5O_mcdt_search_ret_t action = *((H5O_mcdt_search_ret_t *)_udata);
  *
  *      return(action);
  *  }
  *
  *  int main(void) {
  *      hid_t ocpypl_id = H5Pcreate(H5P_OBJECT_COPY);
  *
  *      H5Pset_copy_object(ocpypl_id, H5O_COPY_MERGE_COMMITTED_DTYPE_FLAG);
  *      H5Padd_merge_committed_dtype_path(ocpypl_id, "/group/committed_dtypeA");
  *
  *      action = H5O_MCDT_SEARCH_STOP;
  *      H5Pset_mcdt_search_cb(ocpypl_id, mcdt_search_cb, &action);
  *      H5Ocopy(...ocpypl_id...);
  *      ...
  *      ...
  * }
  * </pre>
  *
  * \note H5Pset_mcdt_search_cb() will fail if the
  *       object copy property list is invalid.
  *
  * \warning If the callback function return value causes H5Ocopy() to
  *          abort, the destination file may be left in an inconsistent or
  *          corrupted state.
  *
  * \see
  *    \li H5Ocopy()
  *    \li #H5O_mcdt_search_cb_t
  *    \li H5Padd_merge_committed_dtype_path()
  *    \li H5Pfree_merge_committed_dtype_paths()
  *    \li H5Pget_mcdt_search_cb()
  *    \li H5Pset_copy_object()
  *    \li H5Pset_mcdt_search_cb()
  *    \li \ref_h5ocopy
  *
  * \since 1.8.9
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_mcdt_search_cb(hid_t plist_id, H5O_mcdt_search_cb_t func, void *op_data);
 
 /* Symbols defined for compatibility with previous versions of the HDF5 API.
  *
  * Use of these symbols is deprecated.
  */
 #ifndef H5_NO_DEPRECATED_SYMBOLS
 
 /* Macros */
 
 /* We renamed the "root" of the property list class hierarchy */
 #define H5P_NO_CLASS H5P_ROOT
 
 /* Typedefs */
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCRA
  *
  * \brief Registers a permanent property with a property list class
  *
  * \plistcls_id{cls_id}
  * \param[in] name       Name of property to register
  * \param[in] size       Size of property in bytes
  * \param[in] def_value  Default value for property in newly created
  *                       property lists
  * \param[in] prp_create Callback routine called when a property list is
  *                       being created and the property value will be
  *                       initialized
  * \param[in] prp_set    Callback routine called before a new value is
  *                       copied into the property's value
  * \param[in] prp_get    Callback routine called when a property value is
  *                       retrieved from the property
  * \param[in] prp_del    Callback routine called when a property is deleted
  *                       from a property list
  * \param[in] prp_copy   Callback routine called when a property is copied
  *                       from a property list
  * \param[in] prp_close  Callback routine called when a property list is
  *                       being closed and the property value will be
  *                       disposed of
  *
  * \return  \herr_t
  *
  * \deprecated As of HDF5-1.8 this function was deprecated in favor of
  *             H5Pregister2() or the macro H5Pregister().
  *
  * \details H5Pregister1() registers a new property with a property list
  *          class. The property will exist in all property list objects
  *          of that class after this routine is finished.  The name of
  *          the property must not already exist.  The default property
  *          value must be provided and all new property lists created
  *          with this property will have the property value set to the
  *          default provided.  Any of the callback routines may be set
  *          to NULL if they are not needed.
  *
  *          Zero-sized properties are allowed and do not store any data in
  *          the property list. These may be used as flags to indicate the
  *          presence or absence of a particular piece of information. The
  *          default pointer for a zero-sized property may be set to NULL.
  *          The property \p prp_create and \p prp_close callbacks are called for
  *          zero-sized properties, but the \p prp_set and \p prp_get callbacks
  *          are never called.
  *
  *          The \p prp_create routine is called when a new property list with
  *          this property is being created. The #H5P_prp_create_func_t
  *          callback function is defined as #H5P_prp_cb1_t.
  *
  *          The \p prp_create routine may modify the value to be set and those
  *          changes will be stored as the initial value of the property.
  *          If the \p prp_create routine returns a negative value, the new
  *          property value is not copied into the property and the
  *          \p prp_create routine returns an error value.
  *
  *          The \p prp_set routine is called before a new value is copied into
  *          the property. The #H5P_prp_set_func_t callback function is defined
  *          as #H5P_prp_cb2_t.
  *
  *          The \p prp_set routine may modify the value pointer to be set and
  *          those changes will be used when setting the property's value.
  *          If the \p prp_set routine returns a negative value, the new property
  *          value is not copied into the property and the \p prp_set routine
  *          returns an error value. The \p prp_set routine will not be called
  *          for the initial value; only the \p prp_create routine will be
  *          called.
  *
  *          \b Note: The \p prp_set callback function may be useful to range
  *          check the value being set for the property or may perform some
  *          transformation or translation of the value set. The \p prp_get
  *          callback would then reverse the transformation or translation.
  *          A single \p prp_get or \p prp_set callback could handle multiple
  *          properties by performing different actions based on the property
  *          name or other properties in the property list.
  *
  *          The \p prp_get routine is called when a value is retrieved from a
  *          property value. The #H5P_prp_get_func_t callback function is
  *          defined as #H5P_prp_cb2_t.
  *
  *          The \p prp_get routine may modify the value to be returned from the
  *          query and those changes will be returned to the calling routine.
  *          If the \p prp_set routine returns a negative value, the query
  *          routine returns an error value.
  *
  *          The \p prp_del routine is called when a property is being
  *          deleted from a property list. The #H5P_prp_delete_func_t
  *          callback function is defined as #H5P_prp_cb2_t.
  *
  *          The \p prp_del routine may modify the value passed in, but the
  *          value is not used by the library when the \p prp_del routine
  *          returns. If the \p prp_del routine returns a negative value,
  *          the property list deletion routine returns an error value but
  *          the property is still deleted.
  *
  *          The \p prp_copy routine is called when a new property list with
  *          this property is being created through a \p prp_copy operation.
  *          The #H5P_prp_copy_func_t callback function is defined as
  *          #H5P_prp_cb1_t.
  *
  *          The \p prp_copy routine may modify the value to be set and those
  *          changes will be stored as the new value of the property. If
  *          the \p prp_copy routine returns a negative value, the new
  *          property value is not copied into the property and the \p prp_copy
  *          routine returns an error value.
  *
  *          The \p prp_close routine is called when a property list with this
  *          property is being closed. The #H5P_prp_close_func_t callback
  *          function is defined as #H5P_prp_cb1_t.
  *
  *          The \p prp_close routine may modify the value passed in, but the
  *          value is not used by the library when the \p prp_close routine
  *          returns. If the \p prp_close routine returns a negative value, the
  *          property list close routine returns an error value but the property
  *          list is still closed.
  *
  *          The #H5P_prp_cb1_t is as follows:
  *          \snippet this H5P_prp_cb1_t_snip
  *
  *          The #H5P_prp_cb2_t is as follows:
  *          \snippet this H5P_prp_cb2_t_snip
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  *
  */
 
 /* Function prototypes */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pregister1(hid_t cls_id, const char *name, size_t size, void *def_value,
                            H5P_prp_create_func_t prp_create, H5P_prp_set_func_t prp_set,
                            H5P_prp_get_func_t prp_get, H5P_prp_delete_func_t prp_del,
                            H5P_prp_copy_func_t prp_copy, H5P_prp_close_func_t prp_close);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCRA
  *
  * \brief Registers a temporary property with a property list
  *
  * \plist_id
  * \param[in] name       Name of property to create
  * \param[in] size       Size of property in bytes
  * \param[in] value      Initial value for the property
  * \param[in] prp_set    Callback routine called before a new value is copied
  *                       into the property's value
  * \param[in] prp_get    Callback routine called when a property value is
  *                       retrieved from the property
  * \param[in] prp_delete Callback routine called when a property is deleted
  *                       from a property list
  * \param[in] prp_copy   Callback routine called when a property is copied
  *                       from an existing property list
  * \param[in] prp_close  Callback routine called when a property list is
  *                       being closed and the property value will be disposed
  *                       of
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \deprecated As of HDF5-1.8 this function was deprecated in favor of
  *             H5Pinsert2() or the macro H5Pinsert().
  *
  * \details H5Pinsert1() creates a new property in a property
  *          list. The property will exist only in this property list and
  *          copies made from it.
  *
  *          The initial property value must be provided in \p value and
  *          the property value will be set accordingly.
  *
  *          The name of the property must not already exist in this list,
  *          or this routine will fail.
  *
  *          The \p prp_set and \p prp_get callback routines may be set to NULL
  *          if they are not needed.
  *
  *          Zero-sized properties are allowed and do not store any data
  *          in the property list. The default value of a zero-size
  *          property may be set to NULL. They may be used to indicate the
  *          presence or absence of a particular piece of information.
  *
  *          The \p prp_set routine is called before a new value is copied
  *          into the property. The #H5P_prp_set_func_t callback function
  *          is defined as #H5P_prp_cb2_t.
  *          The \p prp_set routine may modify the value pointer to be set and
  *          those changes will be used when setting the property's value.
  *          If the \p prp_set routine returns a negative value, the new property
  *          value is not copied into the property and the \p  set routine
  *          returns an error value. The \p prp_set routine will be called for
  *          the initial value.
  *
  *          \b Note: The \p prp_set callback function may be useful to range
  *          check the value being set for the property or may perform some
  *          transformation or translation of the value set. The \p prp_get
  *          callback would then reverse the transformation or translation.
  *          A single \p prp_get or \p prp_set callback could handle multiple
  *          properties by performing different actions based on the
  *          property name or other properties in the property list.
  *
  *          The \p prp_get routine is called when a value is retrieved from
  *          a property value. The #H5P_prp_get_func_t callback function
  *          is defined as #H5P_prp_cb2_t.
  *
  *          The \p prp_get routine may modify the value to be returned from
  *          the query and those changes will be preserved. If the \p prp_get
  *          routine returns a negative value, the query routine returns
  *          an error value.
  *
  *          The \p prp_delete routine is called when a property is being
  *          deleted from a property list. The #H5P_prp_delete_func_t
  *          callback function is defined as #H5P_prp_cb2_t.
  *
  *          The \p prp_copy routine is called when a new property list with
  *          this property is being created through a \p prp_copy operation.
  *          The #H5P_prp_copy_func_t callback function is defined as
  *          #H5P_prp_cb1_t.
  *
  *          The \p prp_copy routine may modify the value to be set and those
  *          changes will be stored as the new value of the property. If the
  *          \p prp_copy routine returns a negative value, the new property value
  *          is not copied into the property and the prp_copy routine returns an
  *          error value.
  *
  *          The \p prp_close routine is called when a property list with this
  *          property is being closed.
  *          The #H5P_prp_close_func_t callback function is defined as
  *          #H5P_prp_cb1_t.
  *
  *          The \p prp_close routine may modify the value passed in, the
  *          value is not used by the library when the close routine
  *          returns. If the \p prp_close routine returns a negative value,
  *          the property list \p prp_close routine returns an error value
  *          but the property list is still closed.
  *
  *          \b Note: There is no \p prp_create callback routine for temporary
  *          property list objects; the initial value is assumed to
  *          have any necessary setup already performed on it.
  *
  *          The #H5P_prp_cb1_t is as follows:
  *          \snippet this H5P_prp_cb1_t_snip
  *
  *          The #H5P_prp_cb2_t is as follows:
  *          \snippet this H5P_prp_cb2_t_snip
  *
  * \since 1.4.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pinsert1(hid_t plist_id, const char *name, size_t size, void *value,
                          H5P_prp_set_func_t prp_set, H5P_prp_get_func_t prp_get,
                          H5P_prp_delete_func_t prp_delete, H5P_prp_copy_func_t prp_copy,
                          H5P_prp_close_func_t prp_close);
 /**
  * \ingroup PLCRA
  *
  * \brief Encodes the property values in a property list into a binary
  *        buffer
  *
  * \plist_id
  * \param[out] buf    Buffer into which the property list will be encoded.
  *                    If the provided buffer is NULL, the size of the
  *                    buffer required is returned through \p nalloc; the
  *                    function does nothing more.
  * \param[out] nalloc The size of the required buffer
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \deprecated  As of HDF5-1.12 this function has been deprecated in favor of
  *              H5Pencode2() or the macro H5Pencode().
  *
  * \details H5Pencode1() encodes the property list \p plist_id into the
  *          binary buffer \p buf.
  *
  *          If the required buffer size is unknown, \p buf can be passed
  *          in as NULL and the function will set the required buffer size
  *          in \p nalloc. The buffer can then be created and the property
  *          list encoded with a subsequent H5Pencode1() call.
  *
  *          If the buffer passed in is not big enough to hold the encoded
  *          properties, the H5Pencode1() call can be expected to fail with
  *          a segmentation fault.
  *
  *          Properties that do not have encode callbacks will be skipped.
  *          There is currently no mechanism to register an encode callback for
  *          a user-defined property, so user-defined properties cannot currently
  *          be encoded.
  *
  *          Some properties cannot be encoded, particularly properties that are
  *          reliant on local context.
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pencode1(hid_t plist_id, void *buf, size_t *nalloc);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Returns information about a filter in a pipeline (DEPRECATED)
  *
  *
  *
  * \plist_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] filter        Sequence number within the filter pipeline of
  *                          the filter for which information is sought
  * \param[out] flags        Bit vector specifying certain general properties
  *                          of the filter
  * \param[in,out] cd_nelmts Number of elements in \p cd_values
  * \param[out] cd_values    Auxiliary data for the filter
  * \param[in] namelen       Anticipated number of characters in \p name
  * \param[out] name         Name of the filter
  *
  * \return Returns the filter identifier if successful;  Otherwise returns
  *         a negative value. See: #H5Z_filter_t
  *
  * \deprecated When was this function deprecated?
  *
  * \details H5Pget_filter1() returns information about a filter, specified
  *          by its filter number, in a filter pipeline, specified by the
  *          property list with which it is associated.
  *
  *          \p plist_id must be a dataset or group creation property list.
  *
  *          \p filter is a value between zero and N-1, as described in
  *          H5Pget_nfilters(). The function will return a negative value
  *          if the filter number is out of range.
  *
  *          The structure of the \p flags argument is discussed in
  *          H5Pset_filter().
  *
  *          On input, \p cd_nelmts indicates the number of entries in the
  *          \p cd_values array, as allocated by the caller; on return,
  *          \p cd_nelmts contains the number of values defined by the filter.
  *
  *          If \p name is a pointer to an array of at least \p namelen
  *          bytes, the filter name will be copied into that array. The name
  *          will be null terminated if \p namelen is large enough. The
  *          filter name returned will be the name appearing in the file, the
  *          name registered for the filter, or an empty string.
  *
  * \version 1.8.5 Function extended to work with group creation property
  *                lists.
  * \version 1.8.0 N-bit and scale-offset filters added.
  * \version 1.8.0 Function H5Pget_filter() renamed to H5Pget_filter1() and
  *                deprecated in this release.
  * \version 1.6.4 \p filter parameter type changed to unsigned.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL H5Z_filter_t H5Pget_filter1(hid_t plist_id, unsigned filter, unsigned int *flags /*out*/,
                                    size_t *cd_nelmts /*out*/, unsigned cd_values[] /*out*/, size_t namelen,
                                    char name[]);
 /**
  * \ingroup DCPL
  *
  * \brief Returns information about the specified filter
  *
  * \plist_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] id            Filter identifier
  * \param[out] flags        Bit vector specifying certain general properties
  *                          of the filter
  * \param[in,out] cd_nelmts Number of elements in \p cd_values
  * \param[out] cd_values    Auxiliary data for the filter
  * \param[in] namelen       Anticipated number of characters in \p name
  * \param[out] name         Name of the filter
  *
  *
  * \return Returns a non-negative value if successful;  Otherwise returns
  *         a negative value.
  *
  * \deprecated As of HDF5-1.8 this function was deprecated in favor of
  *             H5Pget_filter_by_id2() or the macro H5Pget_filter_by_id().
  *
  * \details H5Pget_filter_by_id1() returns information about a filter, specified
  *          in \p id, a filter identifier.
  *
  *          \p plist_id must be a dataset or group creation property list and
  *          \p id must be in the associated filter pipeline.
  *
  *          The \p id and \p flags parameters are used in the same
  *          manner as described in the discussion of H5Pset_filter().
  *
  *          Aside from the fact that they are used for output, the parameters
  *          \p cd_nelmts and \p cd_values[] are used in the same manner as
  *          described in the discussion of H5Pset_filter().
  *          On input, the \p cd_nelmts parameter indicates the number of entries
  *          in the \p cd_values[] array allocated by the calling program;
  *          on exit it contains the number of values defined by the filter.
  *
  *          On input, the \p namelen parameter indicates the number of
  *          characters allocated for the filter name by the calling program
  *          in the array \p name[]. On exit \p name[] contains the name of the
  *          filter with one character of the name in each element of the array.
  *
  *          If the filter specified in \p id is not set for the property
  *          list, an error will be returned and this function will fail.
  *
  *
  * \version 1.8.5 Function extended to work with group creation property
  *                lists.
  * \version 1.8.0 Function H5Pget_filter_by_id() renamed to
  *                H5Pget_filter_by_id1() and deprecated in this release.
  *
  * \since 1.6.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_filter_by_id1(hid_t plist_id, H5Z_filter_t id, unsigned int *flags /*out*/,
                                    size_t *cd_nelmts /*out*/, unsigned cd_values[] /*out*/, size_t namelen,
                                    char name[] /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup FCPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the version information of various objects
  *        for a file creation property list(deprecated)
  *
  * \plist_id
  * \param[out]  boot     Pointer to location to return super block version number
  * \param[out]  freelist Pointer to location to return global freelist version number
  * \param[out]  stab     Pointer to location to return symbol table version number
  * \param[out]  shhdr    Pointer to location to return shared object header version
  *                       number
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \deprecated Deprecated in favor of the function H5Fget_info()
  *
  * \details H5Pget_version() retrieves the version information of various objects
  *          for a file creation property list. Any pointer parameters which are
  *          passed as NULL are not queried.
  *
  * \version 1.6.4 \p boot, \p freelist, \p stab, \p shhdr parameter types
  *                changed to unsigned.
  *
  * \since 1.0.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_version(hid_t plist_id, unsigned *boot /*out*/, unsigned *freelist /*out*/,
                              unsigned *stab /*out*/, unsigned *shhdr /*out*/);
 /**
  * \ingroup FCPL
  *
  * \brief Sets the file space handling strategy and the free-space section
  *        size threshold.
  *
  * \fcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[in] strategy  The file space handling strategy to be used. See:
  *                      #H5F_fspace_strategy_t
  * \param[in] threshold The smallest free-space section size that the free
  *                      space manager will track
  *
  * \return \herr_t
  *
  * \deprecated When was this function deprecated?
  *
  * \details Maps to the function H5Pset_file_space_strategy().
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pset_file_space(hid_t plist_id, H5F_file_space_type_t strategy, hsize_t threshold);
 /**
  * \ingroup FCPL
  *
  * \brief Retrieves the file space handling strategy, and threshold value for
  *        a file creation property list
  *
  * \fcpl_id{plist_id}
  * \param[out] strategy  Pointer to the file space handling strategy
  * \param[out] threshold Pointer to the free-space section size threshold value
  *
  *  \return \herr_t
  *
  * \deprecated When was this function deprecated?
  *
  * \details Maps to the function H5Pget_file_space_strategy()
  *
  * \since 1.10.0
  *
  */
 H5_DLL herr_t H5Pget_file_space(hid_t plist_id, H5F_file_space_type_t *strategy, hsize_t *threshold);
 #endif /* H5_NO_DEPRECATED_SYMBOLS */
 
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 }
 #endif
 #endif /* H5Ppublic_H */